DVD PLAYER
DVD-909
DVD-709
SERVICE MANUAL
SERVICE
Manual
DVD-909/709
DVD PLAYER
CONTENTS
1. Precautions
2. Reference Information
ELECTRONICS
3. Product Specification
4. Operating Instructions
5. Disassembly and Reassembly
SKIP
STANDBY
PHONE
DVD/VIDEO-CD/CD PLAYER DVD-909
LEVEL
OPEN/
OPEN/
OPEN/
CLOSE
CLOSE
CLOSE
POWER
MIN
MAX
ADVANCED DOLBY DIGITAL DECORDER BUILT-IN
SPATIALIZER
N-2-2
DIGITAL VIDEO
DVD-909
6. Circuit Descriptions
7. Troubleshooting
8. Exploded Views and Parts List
9. Electrical Parts List
10. Block Diagrams
SKIP
STANDBY
11. PCB Diagrams
DVD/VIDEO-CD/CD PLAYER DVD-709
OPEN/
OPEN/
CLOSE
CLOSE
POWER
24bit 96kHz AUDIO D/A CONVERTER
SPATIALIZER
N-2-2
DIGITAL VIDEO
DVD-709
© Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. NOV. 1999
Printed in Korea
AH68-00137A
REV.-2
12. Wiring Diagram
13. Schematic Diagrams
1. Precautions
1-1 Safety Precautions
1) Before returning an instrument to the customer,
always make a safety check of the entire instrument,
including, but not limited to, the following items:
(1) Be sure that no built-in protective devices are
defective or have been defeated during servicing.
(1)Protective shields are provided to protect both
the technician and the customer. Correctly replace
all missing protective shields, including any
remove for servicing convenience.
(2)When reinstalling the chassis and/or other assembly in the cabinet, be sure to put back in place
all protective devices, including, but not limited to,
nonmetallic control knobs, insulating fish papers,
adjustment and compartment covers/shields, and
isolation resistor/capacitor networks. Do not operate this instrument or permit it to be operated without all protective devices correctly installed and
functioning.
(2) Be sure that there are no cabinet openings through
which adults or children might be able to insert
their fingers and contact a hazardous voltage. Such
openings include, but are not limited to, excessively wide cabinet ventilation slots, and an improperly fitted and/or incorrectly secured cabinet back
cover.
(3) Leakage Current Hot Check-With the instrument
completely reassembled, plug the AC line cord
directly into a 120V AC outlet. (Do not use a isolation transformer during this test.) Use a leakage
current tester or a metering system that complies
with American National Standards institute (ANSI)
C101.1 Leakage Current for Appliances and
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1270 (40.7). With
the instrumentÕs AC switch first in the ON position
and then in the OFF position, measure from a
known earth ground (metal water pipe, conduit,
etc.) to all exposed metal parts of the instrument
(antennas, handle brackets, metal cabinets, screwheads, metallic overlays, control shafts, etc.), especially any exposed metal parts that offer an electrical return path to the chassis.
Any current measured must not exceed 0.5mA.
Reverse the instrument power cord plug in the outlet and repeat the test. See Fig. 1-1.
Any measurements not within the limits specified
herein indicate a potential shock hazard that must
be eliminated before returning the instrument to
the customer.
(READING SHOULD
NOT BE ABOVE
0.5mA)
LEAKAGE
CURRENT
TESTER
DEVICE
UNDER
TEST
TEST ALL
EXPOSED METER
SURFACES
2-WIRE CORD
ALSO TEST WITH
PLUG REVERSED
(USING AC ADAPTER
PLUG AS REQUIRED)
EARTH
GROUND
Fig. 1-1 AC Leakage Test
(4) Insulation Resistance Test Cold Check-(1) Unplug
the power supply cord and connect a jumper wire
between the two prongs of the plug. (2) Turn on the
power switch of the instrument. (3) Measure the
resistance with an ohmmeter between the
jumpered AC plug and all exposed metallic cabinet
parts on the instrument, such as screwheads,
antenna, control shafts, handle brackets, etc. When
an exposed metallic part has a return path to the
chassis, the reading should be between 1 and 5.2
megohm. When there is no return path to the chassis, the reading must be infinite. If the reading is
not within the limits specified, there is the possibility of a shock hazard, and the instrument must be
re-pared and rechecked before it is returned to the
customer. See Fig. 1-2.
Antenna
Terminal
Exposed
Melal Part
ohm
ohmmeter
Fig. 1-2 Insulation Resistance Test
Samsung Electronics
1-1
Precautions
2) Read and comply with all caution and safety related notes non or inside the cabinet, or on the chassis.
3) Design Alteration Warning-Do not alter of add to
the mechanical or electrical design of this instrument. Design alterations and additions, including
but not limited to, circuit modifications and the
addition of items such as auxiliary audio output
connections, might alter the safety characteristics of
this instrument and create a hazard to the user. Any
design alterations or additions will make you, the
service, responsible for personal injury or property
damage resulting therefrom.
4) Observe original lead dress. Take extra care to
assure correct lead dress in the following areas:
(1) near sharp edges, (2) near thermally hot parts (be
sure that leads and components do not touch thermally hot parts), (3) the AC supply, (4) high voltage,
and (5) antenna wiring. Always inspect in all areas
for pinched, out-of-place, or frayed wiring, Do not
change spacing between a component and the
printed-circuit board. Check the AC power cord for
damage.
1-2
5) Components, parts, and/or wiring that appear to
have overheated or that are otherwise damaged
should be replaced with components, parts and/ or
wiring that meet original specifications.
Additionally, determine the cause of overheating
and/or damage and, if necessary, take corrective
action to remove any potential safety hazard.
6) Product Safety Notice-Some electrical and mechanical parts have special safety-related characteristics
which are often not evident from visual inspection,
nor can the protection they give necessarily be
obtained by replacing them with components rated
for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Parts that have special safety characteristics are identified by shading,
an (
)or a (
)on schematics and parts lists. Use
of a substitute replacement that does not have the
same safety characteristics as the recommended
replacement part might created shock, fire and/or
other hazards. Product safety is under review continuously and new instructions are issued whenever appropriate.
Samsung Electronics
Precautions
1-2 Servicing Precautions
CAUTION : Before servicing Instruments covered
by this service manual and its supplements, read and
follow the Safety Precautions section of this manual.
Note : If unforseen circument create conflict between
the following servicing precautions and any of the
safety precautions, always follow the safety precautions. Remember: Safety First.
1-2-1 General Servicing Precautions
(1) a. Always unplug the instrumentÕs AC power cord
from the AC power source before (1) re-moving
or reinstalling any component, circuit board,
module or any other instrument assembly, (2)
disconnecting any instrument electrical plug or
other electrical connection, (3) connecting a test
substitute in parallel with an electrolytic capacitor in the instrument.
b. Do not defeat any plug/socket B+ voltage interlocks with which instruments covered by this
service manual might be equipped.
c. Do not apply AC power to this instrument and
/or any of its electrical assemblies unless all
solid-state device heat sinks are correctly installed.
d. Always connect a test instrumentÕs ground lead
to the instrument chassis ground before connecting the test instrument positive lead. Always
remove the test instrument ground lead last.
(4) An insulation tube or tape is sometimes used and
some components are raised above the printed
wiring board for safety. The internal wiring is
sometimes clamped to prevent contact with heating components. Install such elements as they
were.
(5) After servicing, always check that the removed
screws, components, and wiring have been installed correctly and that the portion around the
serviced part has not been damaged and so on.
Further, check the insulation between the blades of
the attachment plug and accessible conductive
parts.
1-2-2 Insulation Checking Procedure
Disconnect the attachment plug from the AC outlet
and turn the power ON. Connect the insulation resistance meter (500V) to the blades of the attachment
plug. The insulation resistance between each blade of
the attachment plug and accessible conductive
parts(see note) should be more than 1 Megohm.
Note : Accessible conductive parts include metal panels, input terminals, earphone jacks, etc.
Note : Refer to the Safety Precautions section ground
lead last.
(2) The service precautions are indicated or printed on
the cabinet, chassis or components. When servicing, follow the printed or indicated service precautions and service materials.
(3) The components used in the unit have a specified
flame resistance and dielectric strength.
When replacing components, use components
which have the same ratings. Components i-entified by shading, by( ) or by ( ) in the circuit diagram are important for safety or for the characteristics of the unit. Always replace them with the exact
replacement components.
Samsung Electronics
1-3
Precautions
1-3 ESD Precautions
Electrostatically Sensitive Devices (ESD)
Some semiconductor (solid state) devices can be damaged easily by static electricity.
Such components commonly are called Electrostatically Sensitive Devices(ESD). Examples of typical ESD
devices are integrated circuits and some field-effect
transistors and semiconductor chip components. The
following techniques should be used to help reduce
the incidence of component damage caused by static
electricity.
(1) Immediately before handling any semiconductor
component or semiconductor-equipped assembly,
drain off any electrostatic charge on your body by
touching a known earth ground. Alternatively,
obtain and wear a commercially available discharging wrist strap device, which should be
removed for potential shock reasons prior to applying power to the unit under test.
(7) Immediately before removing the protective materials from the leads of a replacement ESD device,
touch the protective material to the chassis or circuit assembly into which the device will be
installed.
CAUTION : Be sure no power is applied to the chassis or circuit, and observe all other safety precautions.
(8) Minimize bodily motions when handling unpackaged replacement ESD devices. (Otherwise harmless motion such as the brushing together of your
clothes fabric or the lifting of your foot from a carpeted floor can generate static electricity sufficient
to damage an ESD device).
(2) After removing an electrical assembly equipped
with ESD devices, place the assembly on a conductive surface such as aluminum foil, to prevent electrostatic charge buildup or exposure of the assembly.
(3) Use only a grounded-tip soldering iron to solder or
unsolder ESD devices.
(4) Use only an anti-static solder removal devices.
Some solder removal devices not classified as
Òanti-staticÓ can generate electrical charges sufficient to damage ESD devices.
(5) Do not use freon-propelled chemicals. These can
generate electrical charges sufficient to damage
ESD devices.
(6) Do not remove a replacement ESD device from its
protective package until immediately before your
are ready to install it.(Most replacement ESD
devices are packaged with leads electrically shorted together by conductive foam, aluminum foil or
comparable conductive materials).
1-4
Samsung Electronics
Precautions
1-4 Handling the optical pick-up
The laser diode in the optical pick up may suffer electrostatic breakdown because of potential static electricity from clothing and your body.
WRIST-STRAP
FOR GROUNDING
1M
The following method is recommended.
(1) Place a conductive sheet on the work bench (The
black sheet used for wrapping repair parts.)
(2) Place the set on the conductive sheet so that the
chassis is grounded to the sheet.
(3) Place your hands on the conductive sheet(This
gives them the same ground as the sheet.)
(4) Remove the optical pick up block
(5) Perform work on top of the conductive sheet. Be
careful not to let your clothes or any other static
sources to touch the unit.
THE UNIT
1M
CONDUCTIVE SHEET
Fig.1-3
(6) Short the short terminal on the PCB, which is inside the Pick-Up ASSÕY, before replacing the PickUp. (The short terminal is shorted when the PickUp AssÕy is being lifted or moved.)
(7) After replacing the Pick-up, open the short terminal on the PCB.
3 Be sure to put on a wrist strap grounded to the
sheet.
3 Be sure to lay a conductive sheet made of copper etc.
Which is grounded to the table.
Samsung Electronics
1-5
Precautions
1-5 Pick-up disassembly and reassembly
1-5-1 Disassembly
1-5-2 Assembly
1) Remove the power cable.
2) Switch SW3 on deck PCB to ÒOFFÓ before
removing the FPC.
( Inserted into Main PCB CN6. See Fig. 1-4)
3) Disassemble the deck.
4) Disassemble the deck PCB.
1) Replace the Pick-up.
2) Assemble the deck PCB.
3) Reassemble the deck.
4) Insert FPC into Main PCB CN6 and switch SW3 on
deck PCB to ÒONÓ. (See Fig 1-4)
Note : If the assembly and disassembly are not done in correct sequence, the Pick-up may be damaged.
FPC
SW3
OFF
TO MAIN PCB
(CN6)
ON
Fig. 1-4
1-6
Samsung Electronics
2. Reference Information
2-1 IC Dsecriptions
2-1-1 AIC1 (AK4324 ; Digital-to-Analog Converter)
DIF0
LRCK
BICK
SDATA
DIF1
DIF2
DEM0
AVDD
AVSS
De-emphasis
Control
Serial Input
Interface
PD
DEM1
DZFL
AOUTL+
8X
Interpolator
∆∑
Modulator
SCF
8X
Interpolator
∆∑
Modulator
SCF
AOUTL-
SMUTE
DFS
AOUTR+
AOUTR-
Clock Divider
DZFR
MCLK
PIN I / O NAME
CKS
DVDD
FUNCTION
DVSS
VREF
PIN I / O NAME
FUNCTION
13
I
DIF0
Digital input format pin
1
-
DVSS
Digital ground pin
2
I
DVDD
Digital power supply
14
I
DIF1
Digital input format pin
3
I
CKS
Master clock select pin (Internal pull-down pin)
Nomal speed "L":MCLK = 256fs, "H":MCLK = 384fs
Double speed "L":MCLK = 128fs, "H":MCLK = 192fs
15
I
DIF2
Digital input format pin
4
I
MCLK
Master clock input pin
16
0
AOUTR-
Rch negative analog output pin
5
I
PD
Power-Down mode pin. When at "L", the AK4324 is in
power-down and is held in rest.
The AK4324 should always be reset upon power-pin
17
O
AOUTR+
Rch positive analog output pin
6
I
BICK
Audio serial data input pin
64fs clock is recommended to be input on this pin
18
O
AOUTL-
Lch negative analog output pin
7
I
SDATA
Audio serial data input pin
2's complement MSB-first data is input on this pin.
19
O
AOUTL+
Lch positive analog output pin
8
I
LRCK
L/R clock pin.
20
-
AVSS
Analog ground pin
9
I
SMUTE
Soft mute pin
When this pin goes "H", soft mute cycle is initiated
When returning "L", the output mute releases.
21
O
VREF
Voltage reference input pin
10
I
DFS
Double speed sampling mode pin (Internal pull-down pin)
"L":normal speed, "H":double speed
22
O
AVDD
Analog power supply pin.
11
I
DEM0
De-emphasis frequency select pin
23
O
DZFR
Rch zero input detect pin
12
I
DEM1
De-emphasis frequency select pin
24
O
DZFL
Lch zero input detect pin
Note : Allinput pins except internal pull-down pins should not be left floating.
Samsung Electronics
2-1
Reference Information
2-1-2 RIC1 (KS1461 ; RF)
83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76
AGC-HOLD(OOH)
ADVD
5
AGC_DET
RF
MUX
BCA
BLOCK
74 BCAI
RF
Equalizer
RF SLM
& AGC
C
D
BCA
RFRP
GAIN_EQ(02H)
CDRSEL(00H)
TE1RES
DELAY_SEL(OOH)
PLLCTL
TBAL(O1H)
RREFEQ 10
VREF
GENERATOR
DELAY
D
GCA
RREF 11
CD1
S12
DVD1
DVD2
LDONB
FLT_CTL
CDRSEL
TESEL
AGC-HOLD
TBAL
GAIN_TE3
ENV_SEL
DVCTL_SEL
DPD_MUTE
GAIN_EQ
GAIN_FE
GAIN_ABCD
TE_OFST
FE_OFST
ABCD_OFST
DELAY_CD
DELAY_AB
PDLIMIT
ga_RFSUM
HOLD_CTL
ga_PLLDP
ga_PLLDN
HOLD_CTL(O8H)
DPDMUTE
DPD_MUTE(O2H)
SEOFHOLD
FLT_CTL(OOH)
CAL_ENDB(O2H)
DPDEQ1
9
PD,LPF
COM
EQ
D
TEOPST(04H)
MUX3
PDLIMITRES
TE1_LIMIT
D
GCA
COM
EQ
D
DPDEQ2
FAULTOUT
VREFEQ 12
EQ
VC AMP
GAIN_TE3(02H)
E 13
DELAY_SEL(00H)
PLLCTL
TE38
F 14
AUTO
OFSTCTL
RFCT
&
MIRR
CD1 S12 DVD1.2
RREFBF
CB 2
84
RFCT
85
CP 2
86
RFRP
87
RFRPN
88
CB 1
B
8
89
MROFST
A
4
DDVD
CP 1
3
DCD
7
MIRRI
2
6
90
75 BCAO
BCD
BDVD
91
MUX
CCD
CDVD
EQVCC
1
RFEQO
ACD
BCATH
EQGND
to RF EQ
TUNING BLOCK
EQIN
AGCLEVEL
92
RFAGCO
AGCB
93
AGCI
AGCP
94
AGCC
RDPF
95
EQF
PLLGF
99 98 97 96
EQG
VZOCTL
100
72 OSC
71 STB
S/IF
BLOCK
70 CLOCK
69 DATA
68 RREFDLY
DPD
BLOCK
67 VREFDPD
66 DPDGND
65 TE1RES
GCA
64 PLLCTL
OFSTHOLD
TBAL(01H)
TEOFST(04H)
63 DPDMUTE
to DPD
BLOCK
62 FAUL TOUT
CDRSEL(OOH)
GAIN_ABCD(OOH)
ADVD1 15
61 DPDEQ2
60 DPDEQ1
BDVD1 16
CDVD1 17
DDVD1 18
SUB
RF
MUX
ACD1 19
BCD1 20
D1
B1
C1
A1
ABCD
SUM
EQIN
59 TE30FST
ENV_SEL(02H)
GAIN_FE(03H)
58 BCA
57 MIRR
OFSTHOLD
MUX
CCD1 21
ABCD_OFST(O6H)
FE
56 DPDVCC
FE_0FST(05H)
DCD1 22
OFSTHOLD
AVCC 23
VREFA 24
73 RESET
CDRSEL(00H)
LDONB(00H)
ANALOG
VC AMP
55 DFCT2
MUX
54 DFCT1
TESEL(OOH)
ENVELOPE
FOK
53 DFCTTH1
DEFECT
52 DFCTTH2
ALPC
FOFST 25
FOFST
35
36
37 38
39
40
41 42 43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
VREFLP_BGI
LDODVD
AGND
FE
FEN
TEN
TE
PDLIMITRES
ABCD
ABCDI
ENVP
DGND
FOKTH
FOKB
DFCT_CP1
DFCT_CP2
CC1
CC2
ENV
34
ENVB
33
ABCDN
32
PDCD
28 29 30 31
LDOCD
27
PDVD
26
OFSTHOLD
2-2
51 DVCC
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
CD optical main beam F input port for SERVO
CD optical main beam F input port for SERVO
Power voltage input port for analog part
CD optical laser monitor diode voltage input port
Power GND port for analog part
FE AMP output port
I
I
P
-/O
O
I
I
O
I
O
I
P
O
CCD1
DCD1
AVCC
VREFA
FOFST
OFSTHOLD
VREFLP_BGI
LDODVD
PDDVD
LDOCD
PDCD
AGND
FE
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
FEN
FOKTH
FOKB
45
46
DVCC
DVCTTH2
51
52
BCA
TE3OFST
DPDEQ1
DPDEQ2
58
59
60
61
CD optical laser diode driving voltage output port
DVD optical laser monitor diode voltage input port
DVD optical laser diode driving voltage output port
BANDGAP voltage input port for ALPC
64
63
PLLCTL
DPDMUTE
FAULTOUT
MIRR
57
ON/OFF connection port for auto offset block (L :
auto offset adjustment H : serial offset adjustment)
62
DPDVCC
56
center voltage, Use at other block
CAP connection port for focus auto offset (OPEN)
DFCT1
DFCT2
54
DFCTTH1
CC2
50
53
CC1
DFCT_CP2
49
48
DFCT_CP1
DGND
44
47
ENV
ENVB
ENVP
ABCDI
ABCD
ABCDN
PDLIMTRES
TE
TEN
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
PIN NAME
55
CAP connection port for analog part
CD optical main beam F input port for SERVO
I
DVD optical main beam C input port for SERVO
I
BCD1
DVD optical main beam B input port for SERVO
I
20
DVD optical main beam A input port for SERVO
I
CD optical main beam F input port for SERVO
CD optical sub beam F input port for SERVO
I
I
CD optical sub beam E input port for SERVO
I
ACD1
CAP connection port for RF EQ center voltage
O
19
Analog block bias resistance connection port
-
DVD optical main beam D input port for SERVO
RF EQ bias resistance connection port
-
I
RF AMP I/O buffer bias resistance connection port
-
DDVD1
DVD optical main beam D AC coupling input port for RF
I
18
DVD optical main beam C AC coupling input port for RF
I
CDVD1
DVD optical main beam B AC coupling input port for RF
I
17
DVD optical main beam A AC coupling input port for RF
I
BDVD1
CD optical main beam D AC coupling input port for RF
I
16
E
13
CD optical main beam C AC coupling input port for RF
I
F
VREFEQ
12
CD optical main beam B AC coupling input port for RF
I
ADVD1
RREF
11
CD optical main beam A AC coupling input port for RF
I
15
RREFEQ
10
FUNCTION
I/O
14
RREFBF
BDVD
6
9
ADVD
5
CDVD
DCD
4
DDVD
CCD
3
8
BCD
7
ACD
1
2
PIN NAME
BCA output port
Resistance connection port for 3BTE offset
DPD EQ (A+C) output port
DPD EQ (B+D) output port
O
O
O
I
I
DPD TE PLL variable input port
DPD TE MUTE control port (H : MUTE)
DPD defect waveform output port (MONITOR)
Mirror output port
O
Power voltage input port for DPD TE
P
Defect output port for SERVO
parating level setting
ing level setting
Resistance connection port for SERVO defect com-
Resistance connection port for PLL defect comparat-
Power voltage input port for digital circuit
AC coupling input port for defect
Output port of peak detector for defect
min. time setting
(L: FOCUS OK)
Peak hold time constant connection port SERVO
defect max. time setting
Peak hold time constant connection port PLL defect
Focus OK comparator output port
Focus OK comparing level input port
Power GND input port for digital circuit
RF envelope detect output port
95
94
93
92
91
90
AGCP
AGCB
AGCLEVEL
EQGND
AGCI
AGCC
RFAGCO
EQIN
88
89
BCATH
RFEQO
EQVCC
MIRRI
CP1
CB1
MROFST
RFRPN
RFRP
CP2
CB2
RFCT
BCAO
BCAI
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
RESET
73
connection port for RF envelope detect
OSC
72
STB
CLOCK
DATA
RREFDLY
VREFDPD
71
Defect output port for PLL
O
TE1RES
DPDGND
ABCD AC coupling input port for SERVO monitor
70
69
68
67
66
65
PIN NAME
Peak hold time constant setting RC
connection port for RF envelope detect
Bottom hold time constant setting RC
ABCD AMP output port
Input port for ABCD AMP GAIN setting
Bias resistance port for PDLIMIT
TE AMP output port
Input port for TE AMP GAIN setting
FE Input port for AMP GAIN setting
FUNCTION
O
O
-
-
P
I
O
-
-
O
I
P
O
-
-
I
O
I
-
O
I
I
I/O
-
-
I
P
I
-
RF peak hold time constant RC connection port for RF AGC
RF bottom hold time constant RC connection port for RF AGC
AGC level control voltage input port
Power GND input port for RF EQ
When AGC is “HOLD”, AGC voltage input port
AGC time constant CAP connection port
RF AGC AMP output port
RFAGCO input port for RF EQ
O
BCA comparating level control port
I
RF EQ output port
Power voltage input port for RF EQ
Input port for MIRR signal generation
RFCT generation
Peak hold time constant RC connection port for
RFCT generation
Bottom hold time constant RC connection port for
RF ripple offset control port for mirror
RF ripple AMP GAIN input port for mirror
RF ripple AMP output port for mirror
Bottom hold time constant RC connection port for
RFCT generation
Peak hold time constant RC connection port for
RFCT generation
RF ripple center voltage output port for mirror
BCA FILTER2
BCA FILTER1
Reset input port for auto offset block (L : RESET)
OSC time constant input port for auto offset block
Data enable input port
Clock input port
Data input port
Bias resistance connection port for delta block
CAP connection port for DPD TE center
Power GND input port for DPD TE
DPD TE PLL variable bias resistance
FUNCTION
I
O
P
I
-
-
I
I
O
-
-
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
-
O
P
I
I/O
100
VZOCTL
PLLGF
EQF
98
99
EQG
RDPF
97
96
PIN NAME
RF EQ control port (When No. PLLG isn’t adjusted,
apply DC CTL voltage.)
RF EQ peak frequency control voltage input port
I
I
RF EQ boost gain control voltage input port
I
RF EQ boost, peak frequency gain control port corresponding to wideband PLL (PLLG. PLLF resistance
internal design)
Bias resistance connection port for RF EQ frequency setting
-
I
FUNCTION
I/O
Reference Information
2-3
2-4
EFMOA
EFM
ASYCD
ASYDVD
RFI
EFMI
DVCTL
TBAL
FBAL
SPD
SLD
TRD
FOD
RSTB
COUT
TILTO
FE
EFM
ASYMETRY
D/A
CONVERTER
BLOCK
TRACK
COUNTER
ROM
DSP CORE
FOR
DIGITAL SERVO
PS1
WIDE
CAPTURE
RANGE PLL
SYSCON
INTERFACE
BLOCK
SUB CODE
READ BLOCK
SSTOP
/PSO
TE
TEST
SME
XI
A/D
CONVERTER
BLOCK
XO
TZCO
XOUT
I/O INTERFACE
BLOCK
LOCK
TIMING
GENERATOR
SMON
ENV
VREF
PLLHD
INTO_224
FDCTL
MAGICO
EQCTL
VCTRL
RVCO
PLCK
EFMRTD
RPD
PLLLOCK
RFD
MDOUT[3:0]
PSB
SENSE
MDATA[7:0]
MRDB
MWRB
CSB
DAB
SCOR
SQSI
SQCK
LDONB
TLKB
FLKB
Reference Information
2-1-3 SIC1 (KS1452 ; Digital Servo)
DIRC
DFCT
FOKB
MIRR
TZCA
PHI1
TILTI
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
Micom data pin 2
Micom data pin 3
Micom data pin 4
Micom data pin 5
Micom data pin 6
Micom data pin 7
Internal status monitor pin
Servo logic & ROM VDD power supply pin
System clock signal input pin
System clock signal output pin
Clock out (33.9688MHz) to DSP
Servo logic & ROM VSS power supply pin
Clock output pin for subcode data read
Subcode data input pin
Timing detection input pin for subcode data read
Motor ON signal input pin
Lock signal input pin
Direct jump control (for 1 track jump)
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
P
I
O
O
P
O
I
I
I
I
I
XOUT
DVSS
SQCK
SQSI
25
26
27
28
29
DIRC
XO
24
33
XI
23
LOCK
DVDD
22
32
SENSE
21
SCOR
MDATA7
20
SMON
MDATA6
19
31
MDATA5
18
30
MDATA3
MDATA4
17
MDATA2
16
Micom data pin 1
I/O
MDATA1
Micom data pin 0
15
Micom read clock signal input pin
I
I/O
MRDB
Micom write clock signal input pin
I
MWRB
12
MDATA0
Micom data/address select pin
I
DAB
11
14
Micom chip select pin
I
CSB
13
System reset signal input pin
I
RSTB
9
10
1 : 8BIT
0 : 1BIT
I
PSB
8
Tracking servo lock signal output pin
O
TLKB
Focus servo lock signal output pin
O
7
Counter clock
FLKB
Test pin (L : normal H : test)
I
O
6
Sled motor position sensor input pin 1
I
TEST
Limit switch/sled position sensor input pin0
I
COUT
3
Mode data3 out controlled by micom
O
FUNCTION
5
PS1
2
I/O
4
MDOUT3
SSTOP/PSO
1
PIN NAME
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
TE
VREF
SME
AVSS
SVSS
RFI
LPFCD
LPFDVD
EFMO
EFMI
EQCTL
SVDD
TZCO
EFMOA
MAGICO
VCTL
RPD
RFD
RVCO
PVSS
EFMRTD
PLLLOCK
PLCK
PVDD
INTO_224
PLLHD
MIRR
DFCT
LDONB
FDCTL
FOKB
PIN NAME
I
I
I
P
P
I
I
I
O
I
O
P
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
P
O
O
O
P
O
I
I
I
O
I
I
I/O
Tracking error signal input pin
Reference voltage input pin
Spindle error input pin
Analog block VSS power supply pin
Servo CPU VSS power supply pin
RF input signal
Asymmetric input signal for CD
Asymmetric input signal for DVD
EFM signal
EFM signal for test
EQ control signal
Servo CPU VDD power supply pin
Tracking zero cross output pin
EFM offset adjustment pin
Input for hysteresis control of FD output (for test)
Control voltage for VCO
Gain adjust resister for phase detector
Gain adjust resister for frequence detector
Resistor pin for VCO GAIN
PLL logic block VSS power supply pin
Latched EFM output signal
(H : Lock L : Unlock)
Frequency lock detect output
PLCK
PLL logic block VDD power supply pin
Servo interrupt monitor pin
PLL hold signal from micom
Mirror signal input pin
Defect Detection signal input pin
Laser diode ON signal output pin
PLL frequency detect control input pin
Focus OK signal input pin
FUNCTION
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
FBAL
TBAL
DVCTL
TILTO
AVDD
TILTI
ENV
FE
PIN NAME
O
O
O
O
P
I
I
I
I/O
Focus balance signal output pin
Tracking balance signal output pin
Depth variation control signal output pin
Tilt out (reserved)
Analog block VDD power supply pin
Tilt in (reserved)
RF envelope input pin
Focus error signal input pin
FUNCTION
TRD
TZCA
MDOUT0
MDOUT1
MDOUT2
78
79
80
75
77
FOD
74
76
SLD
SPD
73
PIN NAME
Mode data 1 out controlled by micom
Mode data 2 out controlled by micom
O
O
Tracking actuator drive signal output pin
O
TE signal for tracking zero cross input pin
Focus actuator drive signal output pin
O
Mode data 0 out controlled by micom
Spindle motor drive signal output pin
O
O
Sled motor drive signal output pin
O
I
FUNCTION
I/O
Reference Information
2-5
2-6
FG
MON
MDP
MDS
FSW
PLL_LOCK
CLV_LOCK
SERVO_LOCK
XTI1
XTO1
CK33MI
CK33MO
TO (12)
EFMI
PLCK
BCARZ
FROM R/F,
PLL(3)
CD CLV/CAV
WFCK 17.58/7.35KHz
M
SUBCODE I/F
23BIT SR
CD-G
M
SQ-VCD
DVDP,
MICOM I/F
M
TEST0, TEST1, TEST2
V-CD, CD-DA
DEINTERLEAVE
&
RAM CONTROL
(6, 4, 3)
trans ID ECC
EDC
DESCRAMBLER
TO MICOM (15)
MDAT(7:0), MRZA, ZCS, MWR,
MRD, ZIRQZD, ZWAIT, ZRST
Power(34)=VDD(11)+GND(23) Test Pin(3)
EFM DEMOD
(32, 28, 5)
(28, 24, 5)
CIRC
75Hz
676.08Hz
(208, 192, 17)
(182, 172, 11)
ECC
(6, 4, 3)
efmwr ID ECC
16-8 DEMOD
FRAME SYNC
DET/PROT/INS
(7.35KHz)
VCO TIMING
GENERATOR
7.35KHz = 4.3218M/588
17.58KHz = 26.16M/1488
ECSY
Monitor(8) GFS, FRSYZ, TX, EFMO, WFCK, RFCK, CK 16M, DEMPHA
M
DVD CLV/CAV
RFCK 17.58/7.35KHz
X'TAL &
TIMING GEN
VCO TIMING
GENERATOR
26.16MHz
FRAME SYNC
DET/PROT/INS
(17.57KHz)
32BIT SR
PWMO(7:0)
TO D-EQ (8)
SDATA[0] / CDATA
SDATA[1] / LRCK
SDATA[2] / BCLK
SDATA[3] / C2PO
SDATA[4] / SQDT
SDATA[5] / WFSY
SDATA[6] / SOS1
SDATA[7] / SQCK
DATREQ
CSTROBE
DTER
DATACK
TOS
TO AV (13)
DD(15:0)
DADR(8:0)
ZRAS
ZUCAS
ZLCAS
ZOE(1:0)
ZWE(1:0)
TO DRAM
256K*16
(32)
Reference Information
2-1-4 DIC1 (KS1453 ; DVD Data Processor)
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
DD5_BI
DVSS
DD9_BI
31
32
20
DD10_BI
DD1_BI
19
30
DD14_BI
18
29
DD0_BI
17
DD4_BI
DD15_BI
16
28
DVSS
15
DD11_BI
XTO_OUT
14
27
XTI_IN
13
DVDD
DVDD
12
DD3_BI
MDAT0_BI
11
26
MDAT1_BI
10
25
MDAT2_BI
9
DD12_BI
MDAT3_BI
8
24
MDAT4_BI
7
DD2_BI
MDAT5_BI
6
23
MDAT6_BI
5
DVSS
MDAT7_BI
4
DD13_BI
DVSS
3
21
MRZA_IN
2
22
DVSS
ZCS_IN
1
NAME
PIN
DRAM data bus
Digital GND (0V)
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
Digital power (+5V)
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
Digital GND (0V)
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
Digital GND (0V)
System clock output for 26.16 MHz
System clock input for 26.16 MHz
Digital power (+5V)
Micom data bus
Micom data bus
Micom data bus
Micom data bus
Micom data bus
Micom data bus
Micom data bus
Micom data bus
Digital GND (0V)
(L -> Register H -> Data)
Micom register select
Chip select (Active Low)
Digital GND (0V)
FUNCTION
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
SDATA5_OUT
SDATA4_OUT
SDATA3_OUT
SDATA2_OUT
SDATA1_OUT
SDATA0_OUT
DVDD
DATACK_OUT
TOS_OUT
DVSS
DVSS
DADR3_OUT
DADR4_OUT
DADR2_OUT
DADR5_OUT
DADR1_OUT
DADR6_OUT
DADR0_OUT
DVSS
DADR7_OUT
DADR8_OUT
ZRAS_OUT
ZOEO_OUT
DVDD
ZOE1_OUT
ZWE0_OUT
ZWE1_OUT
ZUCAS_OUT
ZLCAS_OUT
DVSS
DD7_BI
35
36
DD8_BI
DD6_BI
NAME
34
33
PIN
DVD data/Sub code frame sink (WFSY)
DVD data/Sub code serial data (SQDT)
DVD data/CD data error flag (C2P0)
DVD data/CD data bit clock (BLCK)
DVD data/CD data L/R clock (LRCK)
DVD data/CD data bitstream output
Digital power (+5V)
Data acknowledge signal output
Top of sector
Digital GND (0V)
Digital GND (0V)
DRAM address bus
DRAM address bus
DRAM address bus
DRAM address bus
DRAM address bus
DRAM address bus
DRAM address bus
Digital GND (0V)
DRAM address bus
DRAM address bus
DRAM row address strobe
DRAM output enable 0
Digital power (+5V)
DRAM output enable 1 (16M, --------, 16M)
DRAM write enable 0 (4M, 8M, 16M)
DRAM write enable 1 (8M ONLY)
DRAM upper column address strobe
DRAM row column address strobe
Digital GND (0V)
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
DRAM data bus
FUNCTION
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
PIN
DVSS
CK33MO_OUT
CK33MI_IN
DVSS
GFS_OUT
TX_OUT
FRSYZ_OUT
DVSS
DVSS
DVSS
DVSS
DVDD
DVDD
DVSS
DVSS
DVSS
PWM00_OUT
PWM01_OUT
PWM02_OUT
PWM03_OUT
DVDD
PWM04_OUT
PWM05_OUT
PWM06_OUT
PWM07_OUT
DVSS
DTER_OUT
DATREQ_IN
CSTROBE_OUT
DVSS
SDATA7_BI
SDATA6_OUT
NAME
Digital GND (+5V)
System clock output for 33.8688MHz
System clock input for 33.8688MHz
Digital GND (0V)
active)
Good frame sync detection result output (“H”
Digital out
Frame sync out
Digital GND (0V)
Digital GND (0V)
Digital GND (0V)
Digital GND (0V)
Digital power (+5V)
Digital power (+5V)
Digital GND (0V)
Digital GND (0V)
Digital GND (0V)
PWM output signal
PWM output signal
PWM output signal
PWM output signal
Digital power (+5V)
PWM output signal
PWM output signal
PWM output signal
PWM output signal
Digital GND (0V)
DVD data error output
Data request from A/V decoder or ROM decoder
Data strobe (clock) output
Digital GND (0V)
DVD data/Sub code serial clock (SQCK)
DVD data/Sub code block sink (S0S1)
FUNCTION
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
PIN
MWR_IN
MRD_IN
ZIRQZD_OUT
ZWAIT_OUT
ZRST_IN
DVSS
BCARZ_IN
DEMPHA_OUT
CK16M_OUT
DVDD
DVDD
DVDD
EFMI_IN
FSW_OUT
FG_IN
MON_OUT
DVSS
DVSS
MDS_OUT
MDP_OUT
SERLOCK_OUT
CLVLOCK_OUT
PLLLOCK_OUT
DVSS
PLCK_IN
RFCK_OUT
WFCK_OUT
EFMO_OUT
TEST2_IN
TEST1_IN
TEST0_IN
NAME
Micom write strobe (schmidt trigger)
Micom read strobe (schmidt trigger)
Interrupt request from micom
Micom read/write access wait (“L” wait)
Hardware reset active low
Digital GND (0V)
BCA input signal
When DEEMPHASIS is ON, “HIGH”.
2∫–¡÷ clock of CK33M/16.934MHz
Digital power (+5V)
Digital power (+5V)
Digital power (+5V)
EFM/EFM+ signal input
Spindle motor output filter conversion output (3state)
Reference signal for CAV
Spindle motor ON/OFF control output
Digital GND (0V)
Digital GND (0V)
Spindle motor speed control signal
(3-state)
(3-state)
Spindle motor phase control signal
Lock signal for SERVO
Lock signal for CLV
Lock signal for PLL
Digital GND (0V)
Phase locked clock
Reference frame pulse
Write frame pulse
EFM out
Test mode setting port
Test mode setting port
Test mode setting port
FUNCTION
Reference Information
2-7
Reference Information
2-1-5 DIC2 (KM416C254BJ-6 ; CMOS DRAM)
BLOCK DIAGRAM
RAS
UCAS
Control
LCAS
Clocks
Vcc
VBB Generator
Vss
W
Refresh Timer
Row Decoder
Lower
Data in
Buffer
Refresh Control
Lower
DQ0
to
DQ7
Data out
Memory Array
Refresh Counter
Buffer
262,144 x 16
Upper
Cells
Data in
Buffer
Row Address Buffer
AO
.
.
Upper
OE
DQ8
to
DQ15
Data out
Col. Address Buffer
A8
Column Decoder
FUNCTION
NAME
A0-A8
DQ0-15
Address Inputs
Data in/Out
VSS
Ground
RAS
Row Address Strobe
UCAS
Upper Column Address Strobe
LCAS
Lower Column Address Strobe
W
Read/Write Input
OE
Data Output Enable
V CC
Buffer
Power (+5V)
Power (+3.3V)
N.C
2-8
No Connection
Samsung Electronics
Reference Information
2-1-6 VIC1 (ZiVA-3 ; Audio/Video Decoder)
BLOCK DIAGRAM
ZiVA-3 Decoder
OSD
Decoder
SDRAM/
EDO/ROM
Interface
Memory
Controller
Subpicture
Decoder
Host
Interface
Host
Interface
Control Logic
MPEG
Video
Decoder
Secure View
CD-DA and
LPCM
Decoder
CSS
Descrambling
Program
DVD/CD
Interface
Stream
Decoder
Bus Key
Dolby Digital
Audio
Decoder
Authentication
(Optional)
Audio
DSP
Video
Mixer
Video
Interface
Digital
Audio
Interface
Audio
Interface
Scrambled, Compressed Content
Descrambled, Compressed Content
MPEG
Audio
Decoder
Decompressed Content
Display Content
LOGIC DIAGRAM
DA-DATA[0:3]
CS
Host
Interface
Signals
DTACKSEL
DA-LRCK
HADDR[2:0]
DA-BCK
Interface
RD
DA-XCK
Signals
DA-IEC
HDATA[7:0]
WAIT/DTACK
INT
EDO-CAS
HOST8SEL
EDO-RAS
R/W
Video
Audio
LDQM
VDATA[7:0]
MDATA[15:0]
Interface
HSYNC
MADDR[20:0]
Signals
VSYNC
MWE
VCLK
ROM-CS
SDRAM/EDO
Interface
Signals
SD-CAS
DVD-DATA0/CD-DATA
SD-RAS
DVD-DATA1/CD-LRCK
SD-CLK
DVD-DATA2/CD-BCK
SD-CAS[1:0]
DVD-DATA3/CD-C2PO
UDQM
DVD-DATA4/CDG-SDATA
DVD/CD
Interface
Signals
DVD-DATA5/CDG-VFSY
DVD-DATA6/CDG-SOS1
SYSCLK
DVD-DATA7/CDG-SCLK
VDD
VSS
VREQUEST
A_VSS
VSTROBE
A_VDD
ERROR
AREQUEST
Samsung Electronics
Interface
Signals
P10[10:0]
V-DACK/ASTROBE
A-DACK
Global
RESET
ZiVA Decoder
2-9
Reference Information
2-1-7 VIC50 (SAA7128 ; Digital Video Encoder)
BLOCK DIAGRAM
LLC1
VDDA
XCLK
TTXRQ
RCV2
RCV1
XTAL
XTALI
SCL
SDA
RESN
25,28,31,36
4
37
8
43
7
34
35
41
42
40
20
VDD I2C
21
I2 C-
SYNC/
INTERFACE
CLOCK
SA
Clock&Timing
I2 C-Control
I2 C-Control
9..16
I2 C-Control
Y
Y
MP
MP(7:0)
FADER
CbCr
D
30
CVBS
(CSYNC)
27
VBS
(CVBS)
24
C
(CVBS)
OUTPUT-
ENCODER
C
MP
INTERFACE
A
44
I2 C-Control
TTX
22,32,33
I2 C-Control
VSSA
23
Y
D
R(Cr)
RGBCbCr
G(Y)
29
B(Cb)
19
RTC1
AP
SP
FUNCTION
NAME
res.
1
3
2
VDD
VSS
I/O
26
A
6,17,39
5,18,38
PIN
PROCESSOR
Reserved pin, do not connect
2
I
SP
Test Pin;connected to digital ground for normal operation
3
I
AP
Test Pin;connected to digital ground for normal operation
4
I
LLC1
Line-Locked Clock input;this is the 27 MHz master clock
5
I
V SS1
Digital supply ground 1
6
I
V DD1
Digital supply 1
7
I/O
RCV1
Raster Contral 1 for video port. This pin receives/provides a VS/FS/FSEQ signal.
8
I/O
RCV2
Raster Contral 2 for video port. This pin provides an HS pulse of programmable length or receives
an HS pulse.
2-10
Samsung Electronics
Reference Information
PIN
I/O
9
I
MP7
10
I
MP6
11
I
MP5
12
I
MP4
13
I
MP3
14
I
MP2
15
I
MP1
16
I
MP0
17
I
V DD2
Digital supply voltage 2
18
I
V SS2
Digital ground 2
19
I
RTCI
20
I
21
I
SA
22
I
V SSA1
Analog ground 1 for Red (Cr), C(CVBS), Green(Y) outputs
23
O
R(Cr)
Analog output of Red (Cr)signal
24
O
C
25
I
V DDA1
Analog supply voltage 1 for R(Cr), C(CVBS) outputs
26
O
G(Y)
Analog output of Green(Y) signal
27
O
VBS
Analog output of VBS (CVBS) signal
28
I
V DDA2
Analog supply voltage 2 for VBS(CVBS), Green(Y) outputs
29
O
B(Cb)
Analog output of Blue(Cb) signal
30
O
CVBS
Analog output of CVBS(CSYNC) signal
31
I
V DDA3
Analog supply voltage 3 for Blue(Cb)and CVBS(CSYNC), outputs
32
I
V SSA2
Analog ground 2 for VBS (CVBS), Blue(Cb), CVBS(CSYNC)outputs
33
I
V SSA3
Analog ground 3 for the DAC reference ladder and the oscillator
34
O
XTAL
Crystal oscillator output
35
I
XTAL1
36
I
V DDA4
Analog supply voltage 4 for the DAC reference ladder and the oscillator
37
O
XCLK
Clock output of the crystal oscillator
38
I
V SS3
Digital supply ground 3
39
I
V DD3
Digital supply 3
40
I
RESN
41
I
SCL
12C serial clock input
42
I/O
SDA
12C serial data input/output
43
O
TTXRQ
44
I
TTX
Samsung Electronics
FUNCTION
NAME
VDD
12C
Double speed 54 MHzMPEG port. It is an input for "CCIR 656" style multiplexed Cb, Y, Cr data.
Data are sampled on the rising and falling clock edge;data sampled on the risting edge then are sent to
the encoding part of the device, data sampled on the falling edge are sent to the RGB part of the device.
(or vice verse, depending on programming)
Real Time Control input. If the LLC1 clock is provided by an SAA7111 or SAA7151B, RTCI should be
connected to the RTCO pin of the respective decoder to improve the signal quality.
Sense input for 12C bus voltage;connect to 12C bus supply
Select 12C address; low selects slave address 88h, high selects slave address 8Ch.
Analog output of Chrominance (CVBS) signal
Crystal oscillator input; if the oscillator is not used, this pin should be connected to ground.
Reset input, active LOW. After reset is applied, all digital I/Os are in input mode; PALBlackburst on CVBS, VBS and C;RGB outputs set to lowest voltage.
The 12C-bus receiver waits for the START condition.
Teletext Request output, indicating when text bits are requested
Teletext bit stream input
2-11
Reference Information
2-1-8 MIC1 (TMP93CM41F ; Main Micom)
PAO~PA6
PA7(SCOUT)
PORT A
VCC[3]
VSS[3]
900L-CPU
P50 to P57
(ANO to AN7)
AVCC
AVSS
VREFH
VREFL
10-BIT 8CH
A/D
CONVERTER
XWA
XBC
ADE
XHL
XIX
XIY
XIZ
XSP
W
B
D
H
A
C
E
L
(TXD1)P93
(RXD1)P94
(SCLK1)P95
SERIAL I/O
OSC
IX
IY
IZ
SP
32bit
(TXD0)P90
(RXD0)P91
(SCLK0/CTS0)P92
High
Frequency
SR
(CH,0)
P C
CLK
Low
F
Frequency
OSC
SERIAL I/O
(CH,1)
INTERRUPT
(PG 00)P60
(PG 01)P61
(PG 02)P62
(PG 03)P63
(PG 10)P64
(PG 11)P65
(PG 12)P66
(PG 13)P67
(T10)P70
X1
X2
XT1
XT2
AM8/16
EA
RESET
ALE
TEST2,1
CONTROLLER
NMI
WATCH-DOG
WDTOUT
PATTERN
GENERATOR
(CH,0)
PATTERN
TIMER
GENERATOR
(CH,1)
2KB RAM
PORT 0
P00 to P07
(AD0 to AC7)
PORT 1
P10 to P17
(AD8 to AD15/A8 toA15
PORT 2
P20 to P27
(A0 to A7/A16 to A23)
8BIT TIMER
(TIMER 0)
8BIT TIMER
(T01)P71
(T02)P72
(TIMER 1)
8BIT PWM
(TIMER 2)
(T03)P73
8BIT PWM
(TIMER 3)
PORT 3
(INT4/T14)P80
(INT5/T15)P81
(T04)P82
(T05)P83
(INT6/T16)P84
(INT7/T17)P85
(T06)P86
16BIT TIMER
(TIMER 4)
P30(RD)
P31(WR)
P32(HWR)
P33(WAIT)
P34(BUSRQ)
P35(BUSAK)
P36(R/W)
P37(RAS)
16BIT TIMER
(TIMER 5)
CS/WAIT
CONTROLLER
(3-BLOCK)
P40(CS0/CAS0)
P41(CS1/CAS1)
P42(CX2/CAS2)
(INTO)P87
2-12
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
MC
AM8
CLK
VCC
GND
X1
X2
/EA
SCLK1
AM8/16
CLK
Vcc
Vss
X1
X2
/EA
/RESET
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
/MRST
STB
094
21
RF control data
O
MD
TXD1
20
Serial data clock
I
SCLK
SCLKO
Serial data input
19
Serial data output
I
TXD
O
RXD
TXDO
RXDO
Interrupt from DSP
I
ZINT
INTO
16
18
45
Request to front micom
O
RRQ
P86
15
17
44
I
-
INT7
14
Interrupt from spindle motor FG
I
FGINT
/INT6
13
Close switch
I
CLOSE
P83
12
Open switch
I
OPEN
52
RF control clock
Address mode (H: 8 bit mode)
Clock output (System clock÷2)
O
I
O
High frequency OSC out
External access CS41/CS40
O
I
Master reset from FRONT
High frequency OSC in
I
I
56
GND
-
60
59
58
57
55
-
54
53
51
I/O RF data latch
50
49
48
47
46
43
42
41
40
39
P82
Interrupt from front micom
I
38
11
Interrupt from AV-DEC
I
SRQ
Open/close blinking
O
37
36
INT5
AV-DEC H/W reset
O
10
Master clock select
O
35
34
LED
DSP H/W reset
DVDINT
Non-maskable interrupt
I
O
33
P73
A/D VCC input
-
32
31
/INT4
A/D GND input
No
9
A/D Ref input (L)
I
-
FUNCTION
8
MCK_SEL
ZIVA_RST
P70
5
P71
/NMI
4
P72
-
ZRST
AVcc
3
7
AVCC
AVss
2
6
GND
AGND
VREFL
1
ASSIGNED
I/O
NAME
PORT
NAME
No
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
AD7
AD6
AD5
AD4
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0
Vcc
ALE
PA7
PA6
PA5
PA4
PA3
PA2
PA1
PA0
TEST2
TEST1
P97
P96
PORT
NAME
HA15
HA14
HA13
HA12
HA11
HA10
HA9
HA8
HAD7
HAD6
HAD5
HAD4
HAD3
HAD2
HAD1
HAD0
VCC
ALE
-
-
-
-
-
EWC
EDT
ECK
TEST2
TEST1
XT2
XT1
EEPROM CLOCK
Test pin. connect to TEST1
Test pin. connect to TEST2
-
-
FUNCTION
Address latch enable
EEPROM WRITE PROTECT
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Address 15
Address 14
Address 13
Address 12
Address 11
Address 10
Address 9
Address 8
I/O Address/Data 7
I/O Address/Data 6
I/O Address/Data 5
I/O Address/Data 4
I/O Address/Data 3
I/O Address/Data 2
I/O Address/Data 1
I/O Address/Data 0
-
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I/O EEPROM DATA I/O
O
-
-
O
O
ASSIGNED
I/O
NAME
/CS1
P40/CS0
80
81
P37
P36
P35
P34
/WAIT
P32
/WR
/RD
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
Vcc
VSS
/WDTOUT
PORT
NAME
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
No
/CS1
-
-
-
-
RCODE
/MWAIT
-
/WR
/RD
HA23
HA22
HA21
HA20
HA19
HA18
HA17
HA16
VCC
GND
WDTOUT
Address 18 (Data processor)
Address 19
Address 20 (D. SERVO)
Address 21
Address 22
Address 23
/Read strobe
/Write strobe
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
98
99
100
O
I/O
O
-
97
I/O
Chip select 1
(SRAM, 1M Bit, 128KB)
96
95
I
I/O
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
I/O
/Wait
Address 17 (AV-DECODER)
O
85
84
Address 16
O
82
No
83
Watch dog timer output
FUNCTION
-
-
O
ASSIGNED
I/O
NAME
VREFH
P57
P56
P55
P54
P53
P52
P51
P50
Vss
P67
P66
P65
P64
P63
P62
P61
P60
/CS2
PORT
NAME
AVCC
VREFO
RFO
RFRP1
FOKB
SENSE
FR
TILTO
SLOCK
GND
RSTB
CSB
DAB
SDA
SCL
TRAY-OUT
TRAY-IN
-
/CS2
IIC clock (VIDEO ENCODER)
Tray out control output
Tray in control output
Chip slect 2
(EPROM, 4M Bit, 512KB)
FUNCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
O
O
O
A/D Ref input (H)
RF sum signal
Tracking lock monitor from SERVO
Focus lock monitor from RF
SENSE monitor from SERVO
Spindle direction from SP driver
Monitor signal
LOCK monitor from DSP
D.Servo IC reset
D.Servo IC chip select
D.Servo IC data/Address select
I/O IIC clock (VIDEO ENCODER)
O
O
O
I/O
O
ASSIGNED
I/O
NAME
Reference Information
2-13
Reference Information
2-1-9 MIC8 (M27C801 ; 8MB (1M x 8-bit) CMOS EPROM)
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Outputs
DQ0-DQ7
Vcc
Vss
OE/VPP
Output Enable
Chip Enable and
Prog Logic
CE
Y
Decoder
A0-A19
Address
Inputs
X
Decoder
Output Buffers
Y
Gating
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2,097,152-Bit
Cell Matrix
TOP VIEW
2-14
A19
1
32 Vcc
A16
2
31 A18
A15
3
30 A17
A12
4
29 A14
A7
5
28 A13
A6
6
27 A8
A5
7
26 A9
A4
8
25 A11
A3
9
NAME
FUNCTION
A0-A19
Address Inputs
CE
Chip Enable Input
DQ0-DQ7
Data Input/Outputs
OE
Output Enable Input
24 OE/VPP
Vcc
Vcc Syply Voltage
A2 10
23 A10
Vss
A1 11
22 CE
A0 12
21 DQ7
DQ0 13
20 DQ6
DQ1 14
19 DQ4
DQ2 15
18 DQ4
Vss 16
17 DQ3
Ground
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
TEST1
*RES
XT1
11
12
13
VDD
AN0/P80
AN1/P81
AN2/P82
AN3/P83
AN4/P84
AN5/P85
AN6/P86
AN7/P87
P70/INT0
P71/INT1
P72/INT2
P73/INT3
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
CF2
P27
17
P26
9
10
CF1
P25
8
16
P24
7
XT2
P23
6
VSS
P22
5
15
DIF2
P21
4
14
DIF1
P20
3
REMOCON
-
-
RRQ
MODE4
MODE3
MODE2
MODE1
MODE0
-
MIC_DET
ECHO_VR
VDD
-
-
GND
-
GND
-
DARST1
DIF0
DARST
DEMO1
DEMO0
DFS
-
MRST
P52
PWM1
2
D/A Control
D/A Control
D/A Control
D/A Control
D/A Control
D/A Control
O
O
O
O
O
O
HARDWARE MODE SELECT
HARDWARE MODE SELECT
HARDWARE MODE SELECT
Request to front micom
I
I
I
I
58
59
60
I
I
57
56
55
54
I
REMOCON data in
HARDWARE MODE SELECT
I
53
52
HARDWARE MODE SELECT
I
50
51
MIC detect
I
49
48
47
46
45
44
I
ECHO volume A/D input
I
High frequency OSC out
High frequency OSC in
Low frequency OSC out
43
42
Low frequency OSC in
41
I
40
39
38
37
36
35
-
Reset
D/A Control
O
34
33
D/A Control
O
31
No
32
Front end reset
FUNCTION
-
O
ASSIGNED
I/O
NAME
1
PORT
NAME
No
S27
S26
S25
S24
S23
S22
S21
S20
S19
S18
S17
S16
VP
VDD
S15/T15
S14/T14
S13/T13
S12/T12
S11/T11
S10/T10
S9/T9
S8/T8
S7/T7
S6/T6
S5/T5
S4/T4
S3/T3
S2/T2
S1/T1
S0/T0
PORT
NAME
GRID8
SEG5
SEG6
SEG7
SEG8
SEG9
SEG10
SEG11
SEG12
SEG13
SEG14
SEG15
SEG16
-28V
+5V
SEG17
SEG18
SEG19
SEG20
SEG21
-
-
-
GRID1
GRID2
GRID3
GRID4
GRID5
GRID6
GRID7
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
O
O
O
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
O
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
O
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
80
79
78
O
-
76
77
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
75
74
-
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
O
72
73
71
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
No
O
FLT GRID CONTROL
FLT GRID CONTROL
FLT GRID CONTROL
FLT GRID CONTROL
FLT GRID CONTROL
FLT GRID CONTROL
FLT GRID CONTROL
FLT GRID CONTROL
FUNCTION
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
ASSIGNED
I/O
NAME
P17/PWMO
P16/BUZ
P15/SCK1
P14/S11
P13/S01
P12/SCK0
P11/S10
P10/S00
P07
P06
P05
P04
P03
P02
P01
P00
S31
S30
S29
S28
PORT
NAME
-
-
-
-
SCLK
RXD
TXD
SRQ
-
-
-
GND
KEY2
KEY1
KEY0
SEG1
SEG2
SEG3
SEG4
P35
P36
P37
VSS
VDD
87
88
89
90
I
O
O
TV TYPE
TV TYPE
I
I
FRONT MUTE
STANDBY LED
POWER ON/OFF CONTROL
O
O
O
AMUTE1
AMUTE0
LED
ON/OFF
P43
P44
P45
P46
P47
P50
P51
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
SERIAL DATA IN
SERIAL CLOCK
I
SCART CONTROL
O
AMUTE2
AMUTE3
WIDE
-
SCART CONTROL
SUB WOOPER MUTE
CENTER MUTE
REAR MUTE
O
O
O
O
O
P42
93
SERIAL DATA OUT
O
SCART CONTROL
O
P41
92
SCON_B
P40
91
O
-
Request to MAIN Micom
RGBCTL
JOG DATA
I
-
SHUTTLE DATA
JOG DATA
I
SHUTTLE DATA
I
I
SHUTTLE DATA
I
FUNCTION
SHUTTLE DATA
I
O
GND
+5 V
AD
AT
J2
J1
S4
S3
S2
S1
ASSIGNED
I/O
NAME
O
KEY SCAN
I
86
KEY SCAN
I
P34
85
KEY SCAN
P33
I
P32
84
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
83
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
P31
82
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
P30
81
FLT SEGMENT CONTROL
O
PORT
NAME
FUNCTION
No
ASSIGNED
I/O
NAME
Reference Information
2-1-10 FIC2 (LC866232 ; Front Micom)
2-15
Reference Information
MEMO
2-16
Samsung Electronics
3. Product Specifications
NTSC
GENERAL
Power Requirements
AC 120V, 60Hz
Power Consumption
DVD-909 ; 19W,
Weight
Dimensions
Operating Temperature Range
Operating Humidity Range
DVD
(Digital Versatile Disc)
CD : 5 inches
DISC
DVD-709 ; 17W
7.5lbs
W 16.9 in X D 11.0 in X H 3.5 in
+41°F ~ +95°F
10% to 75%
Reading Speed : 11.45 ft/sec.
Approx. Play Time (Single Sided, Single Layer Disc) : 135 min.
Reading Speed : 3.9 to 4.6 ft/sec.
(Compact Disc)
Maximum Play Time : 74min.
CD : 31/2 inches
Reading Speed : 3.9 to 4.6 ft/sec.
(Compact Disc)
Maximum Play Time : 20min.
VCD : 5 inches
Composite Video
Reading Speed : 3.9 to 4.6 ft/sec.
Maximum Play Time : 74min. (Video + Audio)
DVD-909 ; 2 channel : 1.0Vp-p (75ohm load)
DVD-709 ; 1 channel : 1.0Vp-p (75ohm load)
Y : 1.0Vp-p (75ohm load) ; <DVD-909 Only>
Video Output
RCA-Jack
Pr : 0.70Vp-p (75ohm load) ; <DVD-909 Only>
Pb : 0.70Vp-p (75ohm load) ; <DVD-909 Only>
S-Video
Mixed Audio Out
Analog Audio Out
Luminance Signal : 1Vp-p (75ohm load)
Color Signal : 0.286Vp-p (75ohm load)
DVD-709 : L, R
DVD-909 : L1/L2, R1/R2
F/L, F/R, R/L, R/R, C/T, S/W ; DVD-909 Only
Analog : 2Vrms (1KHz, odBFS)
Output Level
Digital : DVD-709 ; 500mVp-p (Coaxial)
Audio Output
DVD-909 ; 500mVp-p (Coaxial), 1.15Vp-p (Optical)
* Frequency Response
48KHz Sampling : 4Hz to 22 KHz
96KHz Sampling : 4Hz to 44KHz
* S/N Ratio
110dB
* Dynamic Range
96dB
* Total Harmonic Distortion
0.003%
* : Nominal specification
Samsung Electronics
3-1
Product Specification
PAL
GENERAL
Power Requirements
AC 110V ~ 240V, 50/60Hz
Power Consumption
DVD-909 ; 19W,
Weight
Dimensions
W 430mm X D 280mm X H 89mm
+5°C ~ 35°C
Operating Humidity Range
10% ~ 75%
(Digital Versatile Disc)
CD : 12cm
DISC
3.4Kg
Operating Temperature Range
DVD
(Compact Disc)
CD : 8cm
(Compact Disc)
VCD : 12cm
DVD-709 ; 17W
Reading Speed : 3.49m/sec.
Approx. Play Time (Single Sided, Single Layer Disc) : 135 min.
Reading Speed : 1.2 to 1.4m/sec.
Maximum Play Time : 74min.
Reading Speed : 1.2 to 1.4m/sec.
Maximum Play Time : 20min.
Reading Speed : 1.2 to 1.4m/sec.
Maximum Play Time : 74min. (Video + Audio)
R (Red) : 0.714Vp-p (75ohm load)
Scart Jack (Option)
G (Green) : 0.714Vp-p (75ohm load)
B (Blue) : 0.714Vp-p (75ohm load)
Composite Video : 1.0Vp-p (75ohm load)
Video Output
Composite Video - DVD-909 ; 2 channel : 1.0Vp-p (75ohm load) DVD-709 ; 1 channel : 1.0Vp-p (75ohm load)
Component Video
Y : 1.0Vp-p (75ohm load) ; <DVD-909 Only>
RCA-Jack (Option)
Pr : 0.70Vp-p (75ohm load) ; <DVD-909 Only>
Pb : 0.70Vp-p (75ohm load) ; <DVD-909 Only>
RCA-Jack
S-Video
Scart Jack
RCA-Jack
Component Video Channel : 1.0Vp-p (75ohm load) ; <DVD-709 Only>
2 Channel : 1.0Vp-p (75ohm load) ; <DVD-909 Only>
Luminance Signal : 1Vp-p (75ohm load)
Color Signal : 0.286Vp-p (75ohm load)
2 Channel : L, R
2 Channel : L (1/L), R (2/R)
5.1 Channel : F/L, L/R, R/L, R/R, C/T, S/W - (DVD-909 Only)
Analog : 2Vrms (1KHz, 0dBFS)
Output Level
Digital : DVD-709 ; 500mVp-p (Coxial)
Audio Output
DVD-909 ; 500mVp-p (Coxial), 1.15Vp-p (Optical)
* Frequemvy Response
48KHz Sampling : 4Hz to 22KHz
96KHz Sampling : 4Hz to 44KHz
* S/N Ratio
110dB
* Dynamic Range
96dB
* Total Harmonic Distortion
0.003%
* : Nominal specification
3-2
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
PHONE
MIN
LEVEL
MAX
ADVANCED DOLBY DIGITAL DECODER BUILT-IN
POWER
STANDBY
OPEN/
OPEN/
OPEN/
CLOSE
CLOSE
CLOSE
DVD-909
DVD/VIDEO-CD/CD PLAYER DVD-909
Description-Front Panel
SKIP
SPATIALIZER
N-2-2
DIGITAL VIDEO
DVD/VIDEO-CD/CD PLAYER DVD-709
OPEN/
OPEN/
CLOSE
CLOSE
SPATIALIZER
N-2-2
SKIP
DIGITAL VIDEO
• When the unit is first plugged in, the indicator lights. When power is pressed on,
the lamp goes out.
DISC OPERATION ROTARY INDICATOR
OPERATION INDICATOR
DISC TYPE INDICATOR
TRACK INDICATOR
3D SOUND INDICATOR
ANGLE INDICATOR
CHAPTER INDICATOR
REPEAT INDICATOR
CHAPTER, TITLE, TRACK & MESSAGE
INDICATOR
ALL REPEAT INDICATOR
A-B REPEAT INDICATOR
PROGRAM PLAY INDICATOR
MPEG INDICATOR
DOLBY DIGITAL INDICATOR
LINEAR PCM INDICATOR
DTS INDICATOR
Front Display
24bit 96kHz AUDIO D/A CONVERTER
POWER
• Use to turn the power on and off.
HEADPHONES JACK
• You can attach headphones here for private listening.
HEADPHONES VOLUME
• Use to adjust headphones volume level.
DISPLAY (See below)
• Operation indicators are displayed here.
DISC TRAY
• Press OPEN/CLOSE to open and close
the disc tray.
GREEN LAMP
SKIP/SEARCH
• Use to skip or search a scene or music.
OPEN/CLOSE
• Press to open and close the disc tray.
PLAY/PAUSE
• Begin or pause disc play.
JOG DIAL
• Operates frame by frame playback. In
CD mode, performs track search.
SHUTTLE DIAL
• Performs fast or slow motion playback.
STOP
• Stops disc play.
DISC OPERATION ROTARY INDICATOR
OPERATION INDICATOR
DISC TYPE INDICATOR
TRACK INDICATOR
3D SOUND INDICATOR
ANGLE INDICATOR
CHAPTER INDICATOR
REPEAT INDICATOR
CHAPTER, TITLE, TRACK & MESSAGE
INDICATOR
ALL REPEAT INDICATOR
A-B REPEAT INDICATOR
PROGRAM PLAY INDICATOR
MPEG INDICATOR
DOLBY DIGITAL INDICATOR
LINEAR PCM INDICATOR
DTS INDICATOR
Front Display
STOP
• Stops disc play.
PLAY/PAUSE
• Begin or pause disc play.
OPEN/CLOSE
• Press to open and close the disc tray.
SKIP/SEARCH
• Use to skip or search a scene or music.
GREEN LAMP
DISC TRAY
• Press OPEN/CLOSE to open and close
the disc tray.
• Operation indicators are displayed here.
DISPLAY (See below)
POWER
• Use to turn the power on and off.
POWER
STANDBY LAMP
Front Panel Controls
• When the unit is first plugged in, the indicator lights. When power is pressed on,
the lamp goes out.
STANDBY
DVD-709
STANDBY LAMP
Front Panel Controls
Description-Front Panel
4. Operating Instructions
4-1 NTSC (DVD-909/709)
4-1
4-2
L
L
R
L
• Connect to the Audio input jacks of your television, audio/video
receiver, or VCR.
MIXED AUDIO OUT JACKS
• Use these jacks if you have a TV with component video in
jacks. These jacks provide Pr, Pb and Y video. Along with SVideo, Component Video provides the best picture quality.
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT JACKS
• Use the S-Video cable to connect this jack to the S-Video jack
on your television for a higher quality picture.
• Connect to the Audio input jacks of your television, audio/video
receiver, or VCR.
• Connect to an amplifier with 5.1ch analog input jacks.
S-VIDEO OUT JACK
ANALOG AUDIO OUT JACKS
• Use the S-Video cable to connect this jack to the S-Video jack
on your television for a higher quality picture.
S-VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT JACK
VIDEO OUT
5.1CH ANALOG AUDIO OUT JACKS
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
• Use a video cable to connect this jack to the Video input on
your television.
Rear Panel
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
VIDEO OUT JACK
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
Y
• Use a coaxial digital cable to connect to an A/V Amplifier that
contains a Dolby Digital decoder or DTS decoder.
S-VIDEO OUT
Pr
Pb
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT JACK
VIDEO OUT
V2
V1
• Use a video cable to connect one of these jacks to the Video
input on your television.
L2
L1
DVD-709
VIDEO OUT JACKS
MIXED AUDIO OUT
R2
R1
Description-Rear Panel
• Use either an optical or coaxial digital cable to connect to a
compatible Dolby Digital receiver. Use to connect to an A/V
Amplifier that contains the Dolby Digital decoder or DTS
decoder.
S/W
CENTER
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
FRONT
SURROUND
R
R
DVD-909
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT JACK
Rear Panel
COAXIAL
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
OPTICAL
Description-Rear Panel
Operating Instructions
Samsung Electronics
A Tour of the Remote Control
Samsung Electronics
• Use to mark a segment to repeat between
A and B.
SUBTITLE Button
A-B REPEAT Button
• Use to access various camera angles on a
DVD.
ANGLE Button
• This button functions as a toggle switch.
ENTER/DIRECTION Button
(UP/DOWN or LEFT/RIGHT Button)
• Brings up the Disc menu.
MENU Button
• Displays the current disc mode.
DISPLAY Button
• Allows you to program a specific order.
MODE Button
• Use to remove menus or status displays
from the screen.
CLEAR Button
• Use to skip the title, chapter, or track.
NOTE
This
icon indicates an invalid button press.
• Before connecting, set headphone volume at minimum. Then adjust to a suitable volume.
Connect headphones with a standard stereo plug to the headphone jack (M6).
• Check if there is any fluorescent lighting nearby.
• Check if remote sensor is
blocked by obstacles.
• Check if the batteries are
drained.
• Begin/Pause disc play.
SKIP Buttons
• Check the polarity + - of the
batteries (Dry-Cell)
To Connect Headphones (not included) (DVD-909 only)
Replace the battery cover.
Insert two AA batteries.
Make sure that the polarities (+ and -) are aligned
correctly.
Open the battery cover on
the back of the remote.
If remote doesn’t operate
properly:
3.
1.
2.
Install Batteries in the Remote
VOLUME UP/DOWN Buttons
CHANNEL UP/DOWN Buttons
3D SOUND Button
BOOKMARK Button
PLAY/PAUSE Button
• To control the master volume of the player.
VOLUME CON. Button
• Use to set the remote to control a compatible TV.
TV POWER Button
• Allows you to repeat play a title, chapter,
track, or disc.
REPEAT Button
• Use this button to access various audio
functions on a disc.
AUDIO Button
• Accesses a music or video display directly.
TOP MENU Button
• Returns to a previous menu.
RETURN Button
• Advances playback one frame at a time.
STOP Button
STEP Button
• Allows you to search forward/backward
through a disc.
ZOOM Button
SEARCH Buttons
• Brings up the DVD player’s Setup menu.
TV POWER Button
DVD POWER Button
NUMBER Buttons
OPEN/CLOSE Button
SETUP Button
TV/VIDEO Selection Button
TV Function Buttons
DVD Function Buttons
A Tour of the Remote Control (Cont’d)
Operating Instructions
4-3
4-4
DVD-909
DVD
PLAYER
TV
Better
picture
Good
picture
Basic Audio
V2
V1
OR
OR
S-Video
Cable
(included)
S-Video Jack
S-VIDEO OUT
L2
L1
AV Cable
(included)
Video Input Jack
Method 2
Y
Y
Best picture
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
Pr
Pb
Pb
Pr
Component Video Jacks
Method 3
Video Cables
(not included)
• Method 3
DVD Player + TV with Component Video Jacks
• Method 2
DVD Player + TV with S-Video Input Jack
VIDEO OUT
L
Method 1
Connecting to a TV (For Video)
• Method 1
DVD Player + TV with Video Input Jack
MIXED AUDIO OUT
R2
R1
R
Audio Input Jacks
TV (Normal, Widescreen, Projection, etc..)
Connecting to a TV
• Refer to owner’s manual of the components you
are connecting for more information on those particular components.
• Always turn off the DVD player, TV, and other
components before you connect or disconnect any
cables.
Before Connecting the DVD Player
The following show examples of connections commonly used to connect the DVD player with a TV and other
components.
Choosing a Connection
L2
L1
COAXIAL
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
OPTICAL
R
R
L
L
S/W
CENTER
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
SURROUND
FRONT
Rear Panel
Mixed Audio Out
MIXED AUDIO OUT
R2
R1
L
R1
L1
V1
MIXED AUDIO OUT
R2
L2
VIDEO OUT
V2
L
L
S/W
CENTER
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
SURROUND
S-VIDEO OUT
Y
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
Pr
Pb
COAXIAL
COAXIAL
Connecting to an Audio System
Digital Audio Out
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
OPTICAL
OR
OPTICAL
Digital Audio Input Jacks
Dolby Digital Decoder
Method 3
• Method 3
DVD Player + Amplifier with Dolby
Digital Decoder/DTS Decoder
• Method 2
DVD Player + Amplifier with 5.1ch
Analog Input Jacks
• Method 1
DVD Player + 2ch Stereo Amplifier or
Dolby Pro Logic Decoder
Subwoofer
Center
Analog Audio Out
R
FRONT
Rear (LH)
Rear (RH)
R
Front (LH)
Front (RH)
Audio Input Jacks
R
5.1ch Analog Amplifier
2ch Amplifier
Method 2
Audio Input Jacks
Method 1
Connecting to an Audio System
Choosing a Connection (Cont’d)
DVD
PLAYER
AUDIO
SYSTEM
Operating Instructions
Samsung Electronics
DVD-709
Samsung Electronics
DVD
PLAYER
TV
S-VIDEO OUT
Best
picture
Basic Audio
OR
S-Video Cable
(included)
VIDEO OUT
AV Cable
(included)
Method 2
S-Video Jack
Better
picture
L
L
Video Input Jack
Method 1
• Method 2
DVD Player + TV with S-Video Input Jack
• Method 1
DVD Player + TV with Video Input Jack
Connecting to a TV (For Video)
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
R
R
Audio Input Jacks
TV (Normal, Widescreen, Projection, etc..)
Connecting to a TV
• Refer to owner’s manual of the additional components you are connecting for more information for
those particular components.
• Always turn off the DVD player, TV, and other
components before you connect or disconnect any
cables.
Before Connecting the DVD Player
The following show examples of connections commonly used to connect the DVD player with a TV and other
components.
Choosing a Connection
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
Rear Panel
R
L
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT
DVD
PLAYER
AUDIO
SYSTEM
• Method 2
DVD Player + Amplifier with Dolby Digital
Decoder/DTS Decoder
• Method 1
DVD Player + 2ch Stereo Amplifier or Dolby Pro
Logic Decoder
Connecting to an Audio System
Digital Audio Out
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
Analog Audio Out
L
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
R
L
Digital Audio Input Jack
Audio Input Jacks
R
Dolby Digital Decoder
Method 2
2ch Amplifier
Method 1
Connecting to an Audio System
Choosing a Connection (Cont’d)
Operating Instructions
4-5
4-6
PHONE
MIN
LEVEL
MAX
ADVANCED DOLBY DIGITAL DECODER BUILT-IN
POWER
STANDBY
DVD/VIDEO-CD/CD PLAYER DVD-909
Description-Front Panel
OPEN/
OPEN/
OPEN/
CLOSE
CLOSE
CLOSE
DVD-909
SKIP
SPATIALIZER
N-2-2
DIGITAL VIDEO
DVD/VIDEO-CD/CD PLAYER DVD-709
OPEN/
OPEN/
CLOSE
CLOSE
SPATIALIZER
N-2-2
SKIP
DIGITAL VIDEO
• When the unit is first plugged in, the indicator lights. When power is pressed on,
the lamp goes out.
DISC OPERATION ROTARY INDICATOR
OPERATION INDICATOR
DISC TYPE INDICATOR
TRACK INDICATOR
3D SOUND INDICATOR
ANGLE INDICATOR
CHAPTER INDICATOR
REPEAT INDICATOR
CHAPTER, TITLE, TRACK & MESSAGE
INDICATOR
ALL REPEAT INDICATOR
A-B REPEAT INDICATOR
PROGRAM PLAY INDICATOR
PAL INDICATOR
MPEG INDICATOR
DOLBY DIGITAL INDICATOR
LINEAR PCM INDICATOR
DTS INDICATOR
Front Display
24bit 96kHz AUDIO D/A CONVERTER
POWER
• Use to turn the power on and off.
HEADPHONES JACK
• You can attach headphones here for private listening.
HEADPHONES VOLUME
• Use to adjust headphones volume level.
DISPLAY (See below)
• Operation indicators are displayed here.
DISC TRAY
• Press OPEN/CLOSE to open and close
the disc tray.
GREEN LAMP
SKIP/SEARCH
• Use to skip or search a scene or music.
OPEN/CLOSE
• Press to open and close the disc tray.
PLAY/PAUSE
• Begin or pause disc play.
JOG DIAL
• Operates frame by frame playback. In
CD mode, performs track search.
SHUTTLE DIAL
• Performs fast or slow motion playback.
STOP
• Stops disc play.
DISC OPERATION ROTARY INDICATOR
OPERATION INDICATOR
DISC TYPE INDICATOR
TRACK INDICATOR
3D SOUND INDICATOR
ANGLE INDICATOR
CHAPTER INDICATOR
REPEAT INDICATOR
CHAPTER, TITLE, TRACK & MESSAGE
INDICATOR
ALL REPEAT INDICATOR
A-B REPEAT INDICATOR
PROGRAM PLAY INDICATOR
PAL INDICATOR
MPEG INDICATOR
DOLBY DIGITAL INDICATOR
LINEAR PCM INDICATOR
DTS INDICATOR
Front Display
STOP
• Stops disc play.
PLAY/PAUSE
• Begin or pause disc play.
OPEN/CLOSE
• Press to open and close the disc tray.
SKIP/SEARCH
• Use to skip or search a scene or music.
GREEN LAMP
DISC TRAY
• Press OPEN/CLOSE to open and close
the disc tray.
• Operation indicators are displayed here.
DISPLAY (See below)
POWER
• Use to turn the power on and off.
POWER
STANDBY LAMP
Front Panel Controls
• When the unit is first plugged in, the indicator lights. When power is pressed on,
the lamp goes out.
STANDBY
DVD-709
STANDBY LAMP
Front Panel Controls
Description-Front Panel
Operating Instructions
4-2 PAL (DVD-909/709)
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
L
L
R
• Use a video cable to connect one of these jacks to the Video
input on your television.
VIDEO OUT JACKS
• Connect to the Audio input jacks of your television, audio/video
receiver, or VCR.
MIXED AUDIO OUT JACKS
• Connect to a video recorder or other equipment.
SCART AV2 JACK
• Connect to a TV with scart input jack.
SCART AV1 JACK
• Use a video cable to connect this jack to the Video input on
your television.
VIDEO OUT JACK
• Connect to the Audio input jacks of your television, audio/video
receiver, or VCR.
• Connect to an amplifier with 5.1ch analog input jacks.
L
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
ANALOG AUDIO OUT JACKS
5.1CH ANALOG AUDIO OUT JACKS
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT JACK
Rear Panel
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
• Use the switch to set TV system.
AV2
AV1
TV SYSTEM SELECT SWITCH
S-VIDEO OUT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL
SECAM
NTSC
• Use a coaxial digital cable to connect to an A/V Amplifier that
contains a Dolby Digital decoder or DTS decoder.
VIDEO OUT
V2
V1
• Use the S-Video cable to connect this jack to the S-Video jack
on your television for a higher quality picture.
L2
L1
DVD-709
S-VIDEO OUT JACK
MIXED AUDIO OUT
R2
R1
Description-Rear Panel
• Use either an optical or coaxial digital cable to connect to a
compatible Dolby Digital receiver. Use to connect to an A/V
Amplifier that contains the Dolby Digital decoder or DTS
decoder.
S/W
CENTER
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
FRONT
SURROUND
R
R
DVD-909
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT JACK
Rear Panel
COAXIAL
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
OPTICAL
Description-Rear Panel
SCART JACK
VIDEO OUT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL
SECAM
NTSC
AV
• Connect to a TV with scart input jack.
SCART AV JACK
• Use the switch to set TV system.
TV SYSTEM SELECT SWITCH
• Use the S-Video cable to connect this jack to the S-Video jack
on your television for a higher quality picture.
S-VIDEO OUT JACK
S-VIDEO OUT
Operating Instructions
4-7
4-8
FRONT
L
VIDEO OUT S-VIDEO OUT
V2
V1
Pr
Y
COMPONENT VIDO OUT
Pb
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV SYSTEM SELECT SWITCH
• Use the switch to set TV system.
• Connect to an amplifier with 5.1ch analog input jacks.
MIXED AUDIO OUT JACKS
• Connect to the Audio input jacks of your television, audio/video
receiver, or VCR.
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT JACKS
• Use these jacks if you have a TV with Component Video in
jacks. These jacks provide Pr, Pb and Y video. Along with SVideo, Component Video provides the best picture quality.
• Use a video cable to connect one of these jacks to the Video
input on your television.
VIDEO OUT JACKS
5.1CH ANALOG AUDIO OUT JACKS
Rear Panel
L
• Use a video cable to connect this jack to the Video input on
your television.
VIDEO OUT JACK
• Connect to the Audio input jacks of your television, audio/video
receiver, or VCR.
ANALOG AUDIO OUT JACKS
• Use a coaxial digital cable to connect to an A/V Amplifier that
contains a Dolby Digital decoder, MPEG-2 decoder or DTS
decoder.
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT JACK
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT
• Use the switch to set TV system.
TV SYSTEM SELECT SWITCH
• Use the S-Video cable to connect this jack to the S-Video jack
on your television for a higher quality picture.
S-VIDEO OUT JACK
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL
NTSC
PAL
SECAM
R
DVD-709
SECAM
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
Description-Rear Panel
NTSC
• Use the S-Video cable to connect this jack to the S-Video jack
on your television for a higher quality picture.
L2
L1
S-VIDEO OUT JACK
MIXED ADUIO OUT
R2
R1
• Use either an optical or coaxial digital cable to connect to a
compatible Dolby Digital receiver. Use to connect to an A/V
Amplifier that contains the Dolby Digital decoder, MPEG-2
decoder or DTS decoder.
SW
CENTER
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
R SURROUND L
R
DVD-909
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT JACK
Rear Panel
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
OPTICAL COAXIAL
Description-Rear Panel
COMPONENT VIDEO RCA JACK
Operating Instructions
Samsung Electronics
A Tour of the Remote Control
Samsung Electronics
• Use to mark a segment to repeat between
A and B.
SUBTITLE Button
A-B REPEAT Button
• Use to access various camera angles on a
DVD.
ANGLE Button
• This button functions as a toggle switch.
ENTER/DIRECTION Button
(UP/DOWN or LEFT/RIGHT Button)
• Brings up the Disc menu.
MENU Button
• Displays the current disc mode.
DISPLAY Button
• Allows you to program a specific order.
MODE Button
• Use to remove menus or status displays
from the screen.
CLEAR Button
• Use to skip the title, chapter, or track.
NOTE
This
icon indicates an invalid button press.
Turn the headphone volume down to the minimum setting before connecting.
Adjust to your desired volume after connection.
• Check if there is any fluorescent lighting nearby.
• Check if remote sensor is
blocked by obstacles.
• Check if the batteries are
drained.
• Begin/Pause disc play.
SKIP Buttons
• Check the polarity + - of the
batteries (Dry-Cell)
To Connect Headphones (not included) (DVD-909 only)
Replace the battery cover.
Insert two AA batteries.
Make sure that the polarities (+ and -) are aligned
correctly.
Open the battery cover on
the back of the remote.
If remote doesn’t operate
properly:
3.
1.
2.
Install Batteries in the Remote
VOLUME UP/DOWN Buttons
CHANNEL UP/DOWN Buttons
3D SOUND Button
BOOKMARK Button
PLAY/PAUSE Button
• To control the master volume of the player.
VOLUME CON. Button
• Use to set the remote to control a compatible TV.
TV POWER Button
• Allows you to repeat play a title, chapter,
track, or disc.
REPEAT Button
• Use this button to access various audio
functions on a disc.
AUDIO Button
• Accesses a music or video display directly.
TOP MENU Button
• Returns to a previous menu.
RETURN Button
• Advances playback one frame at a time.
STOP Button
STEP Button
• Allows you to search forward/backward
through a disc.
ZOOM Button
SEARCH Buttons
• Brings up the DVD player’s Setup menu.
TV POWER Button
DVD POWER Button
NUMBER Buttons
OPEN/CLOSE Button
SETUP Button
TV/VIDEO Selection Button
TV Function Buttons
DVD Function Buttons
A Tour of the Remote Control (Cont’d)
Operating Instructions
4-9
4-10
DVD-909
DVD
PLAYER
TV
L2
R2
Basic Audio
(In case of
Method 1 or 2)
MIXED AUDIO OUT
L1
L
R1
R
Audio Input Jacks
Method 1
VIDEO OUT
V2
V1
Good
picture
AV Cable
(included)
OR
Video Input Jack
TV (Normal, Widescreen, Projection, etc..)
Connecting to a TV
• Refer to owner’s manual of the components you
are connecting for more information on those particular components.
• Always turn off the DVD player, TV, and other
components before you connect or disconnect any
cables.
Before Connecting the DVD Player
Better
picture
S-VIDEO OUT
OR
S-Video
Cable
(included)
S-Video Jack
Method 2
Best picture
(If RGB is selected in
SETUP MENU)
Scart Input Jack
Method 3
AV1
Scart Cable
(not included)
• Method 3
DVD Player + TV with Scart Input Jack (Audio &
Video)
• Method 2
DVD Player + TV with S-Video Input Jack
• Method 1
DVD Player + TV with Video Input Jack
Connecting to a TV (For Video)
The following diagrams show common connection examples that can be used for connecting your DVD player
to a TV or other equipment.
Choosing a Connection
L2
L1
NOTE
S/W
COAXIAL
COAXIAL
DVD
PLAYER
AUDIO
SYSTEM
TV
AV2
AV1
AV2/OTHER EQUIPMENT
AV1/TV
OTHER EQUIPMENT
VIDEO
DVD
An Example of Connecting DVD with Other Equipment
Digital Audio Out
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
OPTICAL
OR
OPTICAL
Digital Audio Input Jacks
Dolby Digital Decoder
Method 3
You can build up the optimum AV system by following the connection examples on this page and the previous page.
• Method 3
DVD Player + Amplifier with Dolby
Digital Decoder/DTS Decoder
• Method 2
DVD Player + Amplifier with 5.1ch
Analog Input Jacks
• Method 1
DVD Player + 2ch Stereo Amplifier or
Dolby Pro Logic Decoder
L
CENTER
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
SURROUND
L
Subwoofer
Center
Analog Audio Out
R
FRONT
Rear (LH)
Rear (RH)
R
Front (LH)
Front (RH)
Connecting to an Audio System
Mixed Audio Out
MIXED AUDIO OUT
R2
R1
L
Audio Input Jacks
R
5.1ch Analog Amplifier
2ch Amplifier
Method 2
Audio Input Jacks
Method 1
Connecting to an Audio System
Choosing a Connection (Cont’d)
SCART JACK
Operating Instructions
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
DVD-709
DVD
PLAYER
TV
Good
picture
OR
Connecting to a TV (For Video)
Method 2
Better
picture
S-VIDEO OUT
AV
Scart Cable
(not included)
Best picture
(If RGB is selected in
SETUP MENU)
Scart Input Jack
Method 3
• Method 3
DVD Player + TV with Scart Input Jack (Audio &
Video)
• Method 2
DVD Player + TV with S-Video Input Jack
• Method 1
DVD Player + TV with Video Input Jack
S-Video Jack
S-Video Cable
(included)
Basic Audio
(In case of
Method 1 or 2)
AV Cable
(included)
VIDEO OUT
L
L
Method 1
Video Input Jack
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
R
R
Audio Input Jacks
TV (Normal, Widescreen, Projection, etc..)
Connecting to a TV
• Refer to owner’s manual of the additional components you are connecting for more information for
those particular components.
• Always turn off the DVD player, TV, and other
components before you connect or disconnect any
cables.
Before Connecting the DVD Player
The following diagrams show common connection examples that can be used for connecting your DVD player
to a TV or other equipment.
Choosing a Connection
Connecting to an Audio System
L
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL
SECAM
NTSC
You can build up the optimum AV system by following the connection examples on this page and the previous page.
• Method 2
DVD Player + Amplifier with Dolby Digital
Decoder/DTS Decoder
Rear Panel
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
Digital Audio Out
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
L
Analog Audio Out
R
• Method 1
DVD Player + 2ch Stereo Amplifier or Dolby Pro
Logic Decoder
NOTE
R
Digital Audio Input Jack
L
Audio Input Jacks
R
Dolby Digital Decoder
Method 2
2ch Amplifier
Method 1
Connecting to an Audio System
Choosing a Connection (Cont’d)
SCART JACK
AV
DVD
PLAYER
AUDIO
SYSTEM
Operating Instructions
4-11
4-12
DVD-909
DVD
PLAYER
TV
Better
picture
Good
picture
Basic Audio
V2
V1
OR
OR
S-Video
Cable
(included)
S-Video Jack
S-VIDEO OUT
L2
L1
AV Cable
(included)
Video Input Jack
Method 2
Y
Y
Best picture
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
Pb
Pr
Pr
Pb
Component Video Jacks
Method 3
Video Cables
(not included)
• Method 3
DVD Player + TV with Component Video Jacks
• Method 2
DVD Player + TV with S-Video Input Jack
VIDEO OUT
L
Method 1
Connecting to a TV (For Video)
• Method 1
DVD Player + TV with Video Input Jack
MIXED AUDIO OUT
R2
R1
R
Audio Input Jacks
TV (Normal, Widescreen, Projection, etc..)
Connecting to a TV
• Refer to owner’s manual of the components you
are connecting for more information on those particular components.
• Always turn off the DVD player, TV, and other
components before you connect or disconnect any
cables.
Before Connecting the DVD Player
The following show examples of connections commonly used to connect the DVD player with a TV and other
components.
Choosing a Connection
L2
L1
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
OPTICAL COAXIAL
FRONT
L
SW
CENTER
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
R SURROUND L
R
Rear Panel
MIXED ADUIO OUT
R2
R1
Mixed Audio Out
MIXED AUDIO OUT
R2
R1
L
L1
L2
V1
VIDEO OUT S-VIDEO OUT
V2
Pr
Y
COMPONENT VIDO OUT
Pb
L
S/W
CENTER
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
SURROUND
L
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL
SECAM
NTSC
COAXIAL
COAXIAL
Connecting to an Audio System
Digital Audio Out
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
OPTICAL
OR
OPTICAL
Digital Audio Input Jacks
Dolby Digital Decoder
Method 3
DVD
PLAYER
AUDIO
SYSTEM
• Method 3
DVD Player + Amplifier with Dolby
Digital Decoder/MPEG-2 Decoder/DTS Decoder
• Method 2
DVD Player + Amplifier with 5.1ch
Analog Input Jacks
• Method 1
DVD Player + 2ch Stereo Amplifier or
Dolby Pro Logic Decoder
Subwoofer
Center
Analog Audio Out
R
FRONT
Rear (LH)
Rear (RH)
R
Front (LH)
Front (RH)
Audio Input Jacks
R
5.1ch Analog Amplifier
2ch Amplifier
Method 2
Audio Input Jacks
Method 1
Connecting to an Audio System
Choosing a Connection (Cont’d)
COMPONENT VIDEO RCA JACK
Operating Instructions
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
DVD-709
DVD
PLAYER
TV
S-VIDEO OUT
Best
picture
Basic Audio
OR
S-Video Cable
(included)
VIDEO OUT
AV Cable
(included)
Method 2
S-Video Jack
Better
picture
L
L
Video Input Jack
Method 1
• Method 2
DVD Player + TV with S-Video Input Jack
• Method 1
DVD Player + TV with Video Input Jack
Connecting to a TV (For Video)
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
R
R
Audio Input Jacks
TV (Normal, Widescreen, Projection, etc..)
Connecting to a TV
• Refer to owner’s manual of the additional components you are connecting for more information for
those particular components.
• Always turn off the DVD player, TV, and other
components before you connect or disconnect any
cables.
Before Connecting the DVD Player
The following show examples of connections commonly used to connect the DVD player with a TV and other
components.
Choosing a Connection
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
L
NTSC
VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL
SECAM
DVD
PLAYER
AUDIO
SYSTEM
• Method 2
DVD Player + Amplifier with Dolby Digital
Decoder/MPEG-2 Decoder/DTS Decoder
• Method 1
DVD Player + 2ch Stereo Amplifier or Dolby Pro
Logic Decoder
Connecting to an Audio System
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
Digital Audio Out
L
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
R
Analog Audio Out
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
R
Rear Panel
Digital Audio Input Jack
L
Audio Input Jacks
R
Dolby Digital Decoder
Method 2
2ch Amplifier
Method 1
Connecting to an Audio System
Choosing a Connection (Cont’d)
COMPONENT VIDEO RCA JACK
Operating Instructions
4-13
4-14
TV SYSTEM SELECT
NTSC
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL
PAL-encoded
(DVD/VIDEO-CD)
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
• VIDEO-CD only.
PAL
SECAM
PAL
SECAM
NTSC
PAL
PAL
NTSC
SECAM
NTSC
NTSC
SECAM
PAL
PAL
SECAM
TV
SECAM
NTSC-encoded
(DVD/VIDEO-CD)
DISC
NTSC
You should set TV SYSTEM to 'NTSC'.
If you use NTSC-TV
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL
SECAM
NTSC
PAL-N/M-encoded
(DVD/VIDEO-CD)
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-N
PAL-M
NTSC
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-M
NTSC
PAL-N
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-N
PAL-M
NTSC
•
VIDEO-CD only.
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-N
PAL-M
NTSC
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-N
PAL-M
NTSC
NTSC
You should set TV SYSTEM to 'NTSC'.
If you use NTSC-TV
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-N
PAL-M
NTSC
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-N
PAL-M
NTSC
PAL-M
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-N
PAL-M
NTSC
You should set TV SYSTEM to 'PAL-M'.
If you use PAL-M-TV
• When you playback NTSC-encoded disc with PAL-N/M-TV, some
discs may produce black bands at the top and bottom of the screen.
• Select the TV-SYSTEM when in stop mode.
• When the selected TV-SYSTEM doesn't coincide with the system of
your TV, normal color picture may not be displayed.
PAL-N
NTSC-encoded
(DVD/VIDEO-CD)
DISC
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-N
PAL-M
NTSC
You should set TV SYSTEM to 'PAL-N'.
If you use PAL-N
* This switch is located in the rear of
DVD player.
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-N
PAL-M
NTSC
PAL
SECAM
NTSC
SECAM
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL
SECAM
NTSC
You should set TV SYSTEM to 'SECAM'.
If you use SECAM-TV
• When you playback NTSC-encoded disc with PAL-TV, some discs
may produce black bands at the top and bottom of the screen.
• Select the TV-SYSTEM when in stop mode.
NTSC
You should set TV SYSTEM to 'PAL'.
If you use PAL-TV
* This switch is located in the rear of
DVD player.
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL
SECAM
• When the selected TV-SYSTEM doesn't coincide with the system of
your TV, normal color picture may not be displayed.
• Only when you playback PAL-N/M-encoded DVD with NTSC-TV, the
player can not playback the disc.
• Only when you playback PAL-encoded DVD with NTSC-TV. The player can not playback the disc.
NTSC
You can enjoy NTSC or PAL-N/M encoded discs by using your TV SYSTEM SELECT switch to choose the
appropriate system.
TV system select (PAL-N/M)
You can enjoy NTSC or PAL encoded discs by using your TV SYSTEM SELECT switch to choose the appropriate system.
TV system select (PAL/SECAM)
Operating Instructions
Samsung Electronics
5. Disassembly and Reassembly
5-1 Cabinet and PCB
5-1-1 Door-Tray Removal
1) Supply power and open Tray Œ.
2) Disassemble the Door-Tray ´ in direction of arrow ÒAÓ.
3) Close Tray Πand power off.
Note : If Tray Œ doesnÕt open, insert a Screw driver ¨ into the Emergency hole ˇ(as shown in detailed drawing) and then turn it in the direction of arrow ÒBÓ. Open Tray manually.
ΠTRAY
´ DOOR-TRAY
"A"
ˇ EMERGENCY HOLE
"B"
¨ SCREW
DRIVER
<Bottom View>
Fig. 5-1 Door-Tray Removal
Samsung Electronics
5-1
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-1-2 Top Cabinet Removal
1) Remove 3 Screws Πon the back Top Cabinet.
2) Remove 2 Screws ´, ˇ on the left and right side.
3) Lift up the Top Cabinet in direction of arrow.
Π3 SCREWS
´ 1 SCREW
ˇ 1 SCREW
Fig. 5-2 Top Cabinet Removal
5-2
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-1-3 Ass’y Front-Panel, Phone/Power PCB, Play PCB Removal (DVD-909)
1) Remove 2 Screws Œ and AssÕy Front Panel ´.
2) Remove Knob-Volume ˇ and 2 Screws ¨.
3) Remove Bracket-Phone ˆ and Phone/Power PCB Ø.
4) Remove Knob-Jog ∏ and Knob-Shuttle ”.
5) Remove 4 Screws ’ and Play PCB ˝.
¨ 2 SCREWS
Π2 SCREWS
ˆ BRACKET-PHONE
Ø PHONE/POWER PCB
’ 4 SCREWS
˝ PLAY PCB
ˇ KNOB-VOLUME
´ ASS'Y FRONT-PANEL
” KNOB-SUHTTLE
∏ KNOB -JOG
Fig. 5-3 Ass’y Front-Panel, Phone/Power PCB, Play PCB Removal (DVD-909)
Samsung Electronics
5-3
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-1-4 Ass’y Front-Panel, Power PCB, Play PCB Removal (DVD-709)
1) Remove 2 Screws Œ and AssÕy Front Panel ´.
2) Remove 2 Screws ˇ and Power PCB ¨.
3) Remove 3 Screws ˆ and Play PCB Ø.
Π2 SCREWS
ˇ 2 SCREWS
¨ POWER PCB
ˆ 3 SCREWS
Ø PLAY PCB
´ ASS'Y FRONT-PANEL
Fig. 5-4 Ass’y Front-Panel, Power PCB, Play PCB Removal (DVD-709)
5-4
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-1-5 Main PCB, Jack PCB Removal (DVD-909 ; Component Video RCA Jack Model)
1) Remove 4 Screws Œ and 5 Screws ´.
2) Lift up the Jack PCB ˇ.
3) Remove 3 Screws ¨ and lift up the Main PCB ˆ.
Π4 SCREWS
ˇ JACK PCB
¨ 3 SCREWS
ˆ MAIN PCB
´ 5 SCREWS
Fig. 5-5 Main PCB, Jack PCB Removal (DVD-909 ; Component Video RCA Jack Model)
Samsung Electronics
5-5
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-1-6 Main PCB, Jack PCB Removal (DVD-709 ; Component Video RCA Jack Model)
1) Remove 4 Screws Œ and 1 Screw ´.
2) Lift up the Jack PCB ˇ.
3) Remove 3 Screws ¨ and lift up the Main PCB ˆ.
Π4 SCREWS
ˇ JACK PCB
¨ 3 SCREWS
ˆ MAIN PCB
´ 1 SCREW
Fig. 5-6 Main PCB, Jack PCB Removal (DVD-709 ; Component Video RCA Jack Model)
5-6
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-1-7 Main PCB, Jack PCB Removal (DVD-909 ; Scart Jack Model)
1) Remove 4 Screws Œ and 6 Screws ´.
2) Lift up the Jack PCB ˇ.
3) Remove 3 Screws ¨ and lift up the Main PCB ˆ.
Π4 SCREWS
ˇ JACK PCB
¨ 3 SCREWS
ˆ MAIN PCB
´ 6 SCREWS
Fig. 5-7 Main PCB, Jack PCB Removal (DVD-909 ; Scart Jack Model)
Samsung Electronics
5-7
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-1-8 Main PCB, Jack PCB Removal (DVD-709 ; Scart Jack Model)
1) Remove 4 Screws Œ and 3 Screws ´.
2) Lift up the Jack PCB ˇ.
3) Remove 3 Screws ¨ and lift up the Main PCB ˆ.
Π4 SCREWS
ˇ JACK PCB
¨ 3 SCREWS
ˆ MAIN PCB
´ 3 SCREWS
Fig. 5-8 Main PCB, Jack PCB Removal (DVD-709 ; Scart Jack Model)
5-8
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-1-9 Ass’y Deck Removal
1) Remove 4 Screws Œ from the AssÕy Deck and lift it up.
Π4 SCREWS
Fig. 5-9 Ass’y Deck Removal
Samsung Electronics
5-9
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-2 PCB Location
DVD-909
JACK PCB
MAIN PCB
PHONE/POWER PCB
PLAY PCB
DVD-709
JACK PCB
POWER PCB
MAIN PCB
PLAY PCB
Fig. 5-10 PCB Location
5-10
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-3 Connector Diagram
DVD-909
CT1
´
JACK PCB
Œ
Ô
ˆ
PHONE/POWER PCB
¨
CT6
CT2
∏
CT3

ˇ
CT4
CT5
PLAY PCB
’
”
˝
Ø
MAIN PCB
NO.
CONNECTOR NO.
Œ
CON23-A ´
CN18
ˇ
CON21
¨
DIRECTION
CONNECTOR NO.
PHONE/POWER PCB
CT1
JACK PCB
JACK PCB
CT1
PHONE/POWER PCB
PLAY PCB
CT2
JACK PCB
CN15
CN15 JACK PCB
CT2
PLAY PCB
CON21
ˆ
CN12 JACK PCB
CT3
MAIN PCB
CN7
Ø
CN7 MAIN PCB
CT3
JACK PCB
CN12
∏
CN11
JACK PCB
CT4
MAIN PCB
CN8
”
CN8 MAIN PCB
CT4
JACK PCB
CN11
’
CN5
DECK PCB
CT5
MAIN PCB
CN6
˝
CN6 MAIN PCB
CT5
DECK PCB
CN5
Ô
CON23
PHONE/POWER PCB
CT6
JACK PCB
CN17

CN17
JACK PCB
CT6
PHONE/POWER PCB
CON23
CN18
CON23-A
Fig. 5-11 Connector Diagram (DVD-909)
Samsung Electronics
5-11
Disassembly/Reaasembly
DVD-709
POWER PCB
Œ
´
JACK PCB
CT1
ˆ
¨
CT2
∏
CT3
ˇ
CT4
PLAY PCB
CT5
’
”
˝
Ø
MAIN PCB
NO.
CONNECTOR NO.
Œ
KCN2 ´
CN18
ˇ
CON22
¨
DIRECTION
CONNECTOR NO.
POWER PCB
CT1
JACK PCB
CN18
JACK PCB
CT1
POWER PCB
KCN2
PLAY PCB
CT2
JACK PCB
CN16
CN16 JACK PCB
CT2
PLAY PCB
CON22
ˆ
CN12 JACK PCB
CT3
MAIN PCB
CN7
Ø
CN7 MAIN PCB
CT3
JACK PCB
CN12
∏
CN11
JACK PCB
CT4
MAIN PCB
CN8
”
CN8 MAIN PCB
CT4
JACK PCB
CN11
’
CN5
DECK PCB
CT5
MAIN PCB
CN6
˝
CN6 MAIN PCB
CT5
DECK PCB
CN5
Fig. 5-12 Connector Diagram (DVD-709)
5-12
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-4 Deck
5-4-1 Tray Removal
1) Remove 2 Screws Œ and lift up the Cover Sheet ´, AssÕy-Deck Clamper ˇ.
2) Insert a Screw driver ˆ into Emergency hole ¨ and push it in the direction of arrow ÒAÓ.
When the Tray Ø comes out a little, pull it in the direction of arrow ÒBÓ by hand.
3) Pull the Tray Ø to disassemble, while simultaneously pushing the Hook ∏, ” in direction of arrow ÒAÓ, ÒBÓ.
Π2 SCREWS
´ COVER SHEET
ˇ ASS'Y - DECK CLAMPER
∏ HOOK
"C"
"B"
"D"
” HOOK
Ø TRAY
ˆ SCREW DRIVER
"A"
¨ EMERGENCY HOLE
<Bottom View>
Fig. 5-13 Tray Removal
Samsung Electronics
5-13
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-4-2 Ass’y-Deck Sub Removal
1) Remove 2 Screws Œ and disassemble the AssÕy-PCB deck ´.
2) Disassemble the AssÕy-Deck Sub ¨ in direction of arrow ÒBÓ, while simultaneously pushing the Hook ˇ in
direction of arrow ÒAÓ.
¨ ASS'Y - DECK SUB
"B"
"A"
ˇ HOOK
´ ASS'Y - PCB DECK
Π2 SCREWS
Fig. 5-14 Ass’y-Deck Sub Removal
5-14
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-4-3 Chassis-Main Parts Removal
1) Lift up the Gear-Tray Œ, remove 1 Screw ´ and lift up the Gear-Cam Center ˇ.
2) Lift up the Belt-Pulley ¨, remove 1 Screw ˆ and lift up the Pulley-Gear Ø.
3) Remove 1 Screw ∏ and lift up the Gear-Tray A ” and Gear-Cam Sub ’.
4) Remove 2 Screws ˝ and disassemble the AssÕy-Motor Load Ô.
5) Remove 1 Screw  and disassemble the Lever-Open S/W Ò.
6) Lift up the Shaft-Syncro Ú and remove the 2 Gear-Syncro Æ in both directions.
ˇ GEAR - CAM CENTER
´ 1 SCREW
’ GEAR - CAM SUB
ΠGEAR - TRAY
” GEAR - TRAY A
∏ 1 SCREW
¨ BELT - PULLEY
ˆ 1 SCREW
Ø PULLEY - GEAR
˝ 2 SCREWS
ˇ GEAR - CAM CENTER
TIMING
ALIGN TWO ARROWS
’ GEAR - CAM SUB
Æ GEAR - SYNCRO
Ú SHAFT - SYNCRO
Æ GEAR - SYNCRO
Ô ASS'Y - MOTOR LOAD
Ò LEVER - OPEN S/W
 1 SCREW
Fig. 5-15 Chassis-Main Parts Removal
Samsung Electronics
5-15
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-4-4 Ass’y-Brkt Deck Removal
1) Remove 4 Screws Œ.
2) Lift up the AssÕy-Brkt Deck ´.
Π4 SCREWS
´ ASS'Y - BRKT DECK
Fig. 5-16 Ass’y-Brkt Deck Removal
5-16
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly/Reaasembly
5-4-5 Ass’y- Deck Parts Removal
1) Remove 3 Screws Œ and disassemble 3 Holder-Cams ´.
2) Disassemble the Rack-Slide ˆ and AssÕy-Pickup Ø, 2 Screws ¨ while simultaneously removing the
Shaft-P/U ˇ.
3) Remove 3 Screws ∏ and disassemble the AssÕy-Motor Spindle ”.
4) Remove the Washer-Plain ’ and disassemble the AssÕy-Gear Feed AU/AL ˝.
5) Remove the Washer-Plain Ô and disassemble the Gear-Feed B .
6) Remove the Washer-Plain Ò and disassemble the AssÕy-Gear Feed CU/CL Ú.
´ HOLDER - CAM
Π2 SCREWS
” ASS'Y - MOTOR
SPINDLE
˝ ASS'Y - GEAR FEED AU/AL
∏ 3 SCREWS
’ WASHER - PLAIN
ˇ SHAFT - P/U
 GEAR - FEED B
Ø ASS'Y - PICK UP
Ô WASHER - PLAIN
ˇ SHAFT - P/U
Ú ASS'Y GEAR - FEED CU/CL
Ò WASHER - PLAIN
ˆ RACK - SLIDE
¨ 2 SCREWS
Fig. 5-17 Ass’y- Deck Parts Removal
Samsung Electronics
5-17
Disassembly/Reaasembly
MEMO
5-18
Samsung Electronics
6. Circuit Descriptions
6-1 S.M.P.S.
6-1-1 Comparsion between Linear Power Supply and S.M.P.S.
6-1-1 (a) Linear
Vout
Vreg
REGULATOR
+
Vp
(Np) –
Common power
(Ex.120/220V 50/60Hz)
+
Vs
– (Ns)
+
Fig. 6-1 Linear Power Supply
3 Waveform/Description
Vs
0
Input : Common power to transformer (Vp).
t
Fig. 6-2
Vs
0
The output Vs of transformer is determined by the ratio
of 1st Np and 2nd Ns.
Vs = (Ns/Np) x Vp
t
Fig. 6-3
Vout
0
t
Vout is output (DC) by diode and condensor.
Fig. 6-4
Samsung Electronics
6-1
Circuit Descriptions
3 Advantages and disadvantages of linear power supply
Change by common power
1) Advantages : Little noise because the output waveform
of transformer is sine wave.
2) Disadvantages :
ΠAdditional margin is required because Vs is changed (depending on power source). (The regulator
loss is caused by margin design).
´ Greater core size and condensor capacity are needed, because the transformer works on a single
power frequency.
v
Vout
Vreg
0
t
Regulator loss
Fig. 6-5
6-1-1 (b) S.M.P.S. (Pulse width modulation method)
Vout
Transformer
(Np)
(Ns)
+
+
(Vp)
(Vs)
–
–
REGULATOR
+
+
Vin
Switch
ON/OFF Control
+
Vs switch
–
I switch
Fig. 6-6
3 Terms
1) 1st : Common power input to 1st winding.
2) 2nd : Circuit followings output winding of transformer.
3) f (Frequency) : Switching frequency (T : Switching cycle)
4) Duty : (Ton/T) x 100
6-2
Samsung Electronics
Circuit Descriptions
6-1-2 Circuit description (FLY-Back PWM (Plise Width Modulation) Control)
6-1-2 (a) AC Power Rectification/Smoothing Terminal
1) PD01,PD02,PD03,PD04 : Convert AC power to DC(Wave rectification)
2) PE3 : Smooth the voltage converted to DC(Refer to VIN of Fig. 6-7)
3) PC01, PC02, PC10, PC11, PC12, PC13, PL01, PL02, PL03 : Noise removal at power input/output
4) PVA1 : SMPS protection at power surge input (PVA1 pattern open is to remove noise)
5) PR10 : Rush current limit resistance at the moment of power cord insertion.
ΠRush current = (AC input voltage x 1.414 - Diode drop voltage) / Pattern resistance + PL02,01 resistance + PC10 resistance + PR10) (AC230V based : approx. 26A)
´ Without PR10, the bridge diode might be damaged as the rush current increases.
6-1-2 (b) SNUBBER Circuit : PR15, PR16, PC04, PC05, PD11, PR17
1) Prevent residual high voltage at the terminals of
switch during switch off/Suppress noise.
High inverted power occurs at switch (PIC1) off,
because of the 1st winding of transformer :
(V= LI xdi/dt. LI : Leakage Induction)
A very high residual voltage exists on both terminals
of PIC1 because dt is a very short.
Vswitch
Inverted power
by leakage
inductance
dt
2) SNUBBER circuit protects PIC1 from damage
through leakage voltage suppression by RC,
(Charges the leakage voltage to PD11 and PC04, and
discharges to PR15 and PR16).
0
t
3) PC05, PR17 : For noise removal
Toff
Fig. 6-7
6-1-2 (c) PIC1 Vcc circuit
1) PR11, PR12, PR13, PR14 : PIC1 driving resistance (PIC1 works through driving resistance at power cord in)
2) PIC1 Vcc : PR18, PD12, PE6
ΠUse the output of transformer as Vcc, because the current starts to flow into transformer while PIC1 is active.
´ Rectify to PD12 and smooth to PE6.
ˇ Use the output of transformer as PIC1 Vcc : The loads are different before and after PIC1 driving.
(Vcc of PIC1 decreases below OFF voltage, using only the resistance due to load increase after PIC1 driving.)
Samsung Electronics
6-3
Circuit Descriptions
6-1-2 (d) Feedback Control Circuit
Trans PD33
PIC1
STR-G6153T
PL34
PE33
5.8V
PC34
OCP
GND
#
DRAIN !
@
%
PR35
$
F/B
VCC
C
A
E
K
PIC2
PC09
PR36
PC44
PR37
PR38
K
1st GND
P
PIC3
2.5V
A
PR39
2nd GND
Fig. 6-8
1) F/B terminal of PIC1 determines output duty cycle.
2) C-E(Collector-Emitter) of PIC2 and F/B potential of PIC1 are same.
3 Operation descriptions
1) Internal OP-Amp Ô+Õ base potential of PIC3 is 2.5V and external Ò-Ó input potential is connected with PR38 and
PR39 to maintain Vout of 5.8V. (Vout = ((PR36 x PR39) / PR39) x 2.5V)
2) If load of 5.8 V terminal increases(or AC input voltage decreases) and Vout decreases below 5.8V, then :
PIC3 ÔPÕ potential down below 2.5V --> PIC3 A-K of base current down --> PIC3 of A-K current down -->
PIC2 Diode current down --> PIC2 C-E current down --> PIC2 C-E voltage up --> PIC1 F/B voltage up -->
Out Duty up --> Transformer 1st current up --> Transformer 1st power up --> Vout up --> Maintain Vout 5.8V
3) If load of 5.8 V terminal decreases(or AC input voltage rises) and Vout rises above 5.8V, then :
Reverse sequence of the above description --> Duty down --> Vout down --> Maintain 5.8V (i.e., the feedback
to maintains 5.8V).
ΠPR35, PR36 : Reduce 5.8V overshoot
´ PR37, PC44 : Prevent PIC3 oscillation(for phase correction)
ˇ PC09 : Adjust feedback response rate
6-4
Samsung Electronics
Circuit Descriptions
6-1-3 Internal Block Diagram
6-1-3 (a) Internal Block Diagram of S.M.P.S. Circuit
FLT Driving
Circuit
Smoothing
Circuit
Noise
Removal
(SNUBBER)
Converter
Rectified Circuit
3.3V Rectified
VoltageCircuit
5V Rectified
Smoothing Circuit
5V Rectified
VoltageCircuit (x2)
O
U
T
P
U
T
Motor 8V
1 Port
PWM Control
Circuit
(1L0380)
Line Filter
3.3V Rectified
Smoothing Circuit
Voltage
Detection
Circuit
Power IN
(85~265V)
8V Rectified
Smoothing Circuit
8V Rectified
VoltageCircuit
-8V Rectified
Smoothing Circuit
-8V Rectified
VoltageCircuit
Fig. 6-9
6-1-3 (b) PIC1 (STR-G6153T) Internal Block Diagram
Vcc
5
6.3V
2uA
+
_
32V
Sync.
Voltage
Ref.
UVLO
Vck
1mA
OSC.
Feedback
1
Drain
3
Source
GND
4
2.5R
S
Q
R
R
LEB
Voffset
Sense
Rsense
5v
Reset
7.5V
Reset
+
_
Sense
FET
S
Q
Thermal
Protection
R
OVP
Control IC
2
OCP
Fig. 6-10
Samsung Electronics
6-5
Circuit Descriptions
6-2 RF
6-2-1 RIC1 (KS1461)
KS1461 is combined with KS1452 and KS1453 as bipolar IC developed for DVD SERVO system.
Main features include DVD waveform equalizing, CD waveform equalizing, focus error signal generation, 3-beam
tracking error signal generation, DPD 1-beam tracking error, defect, envelope, MIRR output, etc. after receiving the
pick-up output converted into I/V.
6-2-1 (a) Basic Potentiometer
KS1461 uses a single power method and each circuit is based on V of 2.5V.
V (Pin 12, 20, 24, 67) terminal is needed for IC, which uses the peripheral V.
6-2-1(b) RF signal
Fig. 6-11 shows the flow of signal generated by the pick-up.
A, B, C, D signals detected from pick-up are converted in to RF signal(A+B+C+D) via RF summing AMP.
104
MIRRI
RFAGCO 474
EQIN
?
.
m
A
B
C
PICK-UP
D
PD LD F
104
%
104
^
104
&
104
*
MIRR
RE SUM
& AGC
RF EG
G MIRR
,
TESEL
E
DPD
TE
Mhx
y TE
3
4 TE
5
6
7
i
ABCD
SUM
8
ABCDI
103
ENV
FOK
DEFECT
FE
w
E
RFEQO
I
P
[
F
d
T
ABCD
ENV
FOKB
DFCT2
DFCT1
FE
ALPC
Fig. 6-11
Fig. 6-12 shows the waveform-equalizing block diagram for the RF signal.
It outputs to EQout (Pin 86) terminal by initially changing switching AMP gain of DVD and CD, and then adjusting the level in RF SUM & AGC. It controls RF SUM & AGC gain by means of Pin 89-95 and interfaces with PWM
signal, (output from PWM terminal of KS1453, via low-pass filter to adjust boost gain and peak frequency.
EQout terminal is connected with EQin (Pin 86).
6-6
Samsung Electronics
Circuit Descriptions
EQIN
,
VZOCTL
‚
RFEQO
RFDVCC
·
VREFEQ
PLLGF
EQG
PWM1
°
RF EQ
EQF
.
‡
REAGCO ?
PWM2
474
Fig. 6-12
The control parameters of DVD EQ and CD EQ are as follows.
1) DVD CD EQ control parameter
ΠEQG (Pin 97) : Changes the gain of peak frequency with EQ frequency characteristic. Convert PWM signal,
output from KS1453, into DC via low-pass filter.
´ EQF (Pin 98) : Changes the peak frequency with EQ frequency characteristic. Convert PWM signal, output
from KS1453, into DVD via low-pass filter.
Samsung Electronics
6-7
Circuit Descriptions
6-3 System Control
6-3-1 Outline
The main micom peripheral circuit is composed of 16bit Micom (MIC1 ; TMP93CM41F), 8M EPROM (MIC8 ; AM27C080) for Microcode and data save, 512 byte EE-PROM (MIC5 ; KS24C020) for permanent storage of data needed at
power off, MIC4 (74AC573) to latch only address in the bus where address and data are mixed, address decoder
(MIC7 ; 74HC00) for selection of ex-ternal device chip and 20MHz clock oscillator for micom operation. The Micom
(MIC1 ; TMP93CM41F) mounted in main board analizes the key commands of front panel or instructions of remote
control through communication with Micom (FIC1 ; LC86P6232) of front and controls the devices on board to execute the corresponding commands after initializing the devices connected with micom on board at power on.
6-3-2 Block Diagram
RIC1
RF AMP
KS1461
SIC1
DIGITAL SERVO
KS1452
DIC1
DATA PROCESSOR
KS1453
FIC1
FRONT MICOM
LC86P6232
MIC1
MAIN MICOM
TMP93CM41F
MIC7
ADDR DECODER
74HC00
MICOM
BLOCK
VIC1
A/V DECODER
ZIVA-3
VIC50
VIDEO ENCODER
SAA7128/7120
AIC1,2,3,4
D/A CONVERTER
AK4324
MIC2
ADDR LATCH
74AC573
DATA BUS
MIC5
EEPROM
KS24C020
MIC8
EPROM
AT27C080
LOW ADDRESS
HIGH ADDRESS
Fig. 6-13
6-8
Samsung Electronics
Circuit Descriptions
6-3-3 Waveform Description
When micom accesses each device sharing bus, it falls the chip select signal of corresponding chip to (CS2:MIC8-22,
/DSPCS:DIC1-2, /DVDCS:VIC1-206/SRVCS:SIC1-10) 0 (Low) before trial.
So to speak, the bus is used by time-division as shown in Fig 6-14, 6-15, 6-16.
Two and more devices can't be accessed simultaneously.
/CS2
/DSPCS
/DVDCS
/SRVCS
/WR
/RD
Fig. 6-14
• CH1 : CS2 (MIC8-22, EPROM CHIP SELECT)
• CH2 : DSPCS (DIC1-2, DATA PROCESSOR CHIP SELECT)
• CH3 : DVDCS (VIC1-206, A/V DECODER CHIP SELECT)
• CH4 : SRVCS (SIC1-10, DIGITAL SERVO CHIP SELECT)
• CH5 : WR (MIC1-73, MICOM OUTPUT WRITE SIGNAL)
• CH6 : RD (MIC1-72, MICOM OUTPUT READ SIGNAL)
/CS2
/DSPCS
/DVDCS
/SRVCS
/WR
/RD
Fig. 6-15
• CH1 : CS2 (MIC8-22, EPROM CHIP SELECT)
• CH2 : DSPCS (DIC1-2, DATA PROCESSOR CHIP SELECT)
• CH3 : DVDCS (VIC1-206, A/V DECODER CHIP SELECT)
• CH4 : SRVCS (SIC1-10, DIGITAL SERVO CHIP SELECT)
• CH5 : WR (MIC1-73, MICOM OUTPUT WRITE SIGNAL)
• CH6 : RD (MIC1-72, MICOM OUTPUT READ SIGNAL)
Samsung Electronics
6-9
Circuit Descriptions
/CS2
/DSPCS
/DVDCS
/SRVCS
/WR
/RD
Fig. 6-16
• CH1 : CS2 (MIC8-22, EPROM CHIP SELECT)
• CH2 : DSPCS (DIC1-2, DATA PROCESSOR CHIP SELECT)
• CH3 : DVDCS (VIC1-206, A/V DECODER CHIP SELECT)
• CH4 : SRVCS (SIC1-10, DIGITAL SERVO CHIP SELECT)
• CH5 : WR (MIC1-73, MICOM OUTPUT WRITE SIGNAL)
• CH6 : RD (MIC1-72, MICOM OUTPUT READ SIGNAL)
6-10
Samsung Electronics
Circuit Descriptions
6-4 Servo
6-4-1 Outline
SERVO system of DVD is divided into Focusing SERVO, Tracking SERVO, SLED Linked SERVO and CLV
SERVO (DISC Motor Control SERVO).
1) Focusing SERVO
Focuses the optical spot output from object lens onto the disc surface. Maintains a uniform distance between
object lens of Pick-up and disc (for surface vibration of disc).
2) Tracking SERVO
Make the object lens follow the disc track in use of tracking error signal (created from Pick-up).
3) SLED Linked SERVO
When the tracking actuator inclines outwardly as the object lens follows the track during play, the SLED motor
moves slightly (and counteracts the incline).
4) CLV SERVO (DISC Motor Control SERVO)
Controls the disc motor to maintain a constant linear velocity (necessary for RF signal).
6-4-2 Block Diagram
DISC
SLED M/T
HALL
PCB
LD
PD
SPINDLE M/T
›
FOCUSING
TRACKING
CN1
HA1+
HA1–
HA2–
HA2+
SLED+
SLED–
AO
DO
CO
BO
FO
EO
PD
LD
F–
T+
T–
F+
SPINDLE
#
@ SIC8
% NJM2903
^
MIC1
TMP 93CS41F
RIC1
KS1461
+
t
SIC1
KS1452
1
&
2
8
7 DRIC2
KA3010D
!
@
!
x
DRIC1 0
KA3011D“
Fig. 6-17
Samsung Electronics
6-11
Circuit Descriptions
6-4-3 Operation
1) FOCUSING SERVO
(1) FOCUS INPUT
The focus loop is changed from open loop to closed loop, and the triangular waveform moves the object lens up
and down (at pin 75 of SIC1 during Focus SERVO ON.) At that time, S curve is input to pin 65 of SIC1.
ABAD (pin 39 of RIC1) signal, summing signal of PD A, B, C, D, is generated, and zero cross(2.5V) point occurs
when S curve is focused and ABAD signal exceeds a preset,constant value. The focus loop is changed to
closed loop, and the object lens follows the disc movement, maintaining a constant distance from the disc.
(these operations are same in CD and DVD).
Vref
Pin75 of SIC1 (FOD)
Pin65 of SIC1 (FEI)
Vref
Pin39 of RIC1 (ABCD)
1.5V
Fig. 6-18
(2) PLAY
When focus loop closes the loop during focus servo on, both pin 65 and pin 75 of SIC1 are controlled by VREF
voltage (approx. 2.5V), and pin 1, 2 of DRIC2 are approximately 4.5V.
2) TRACKING SERVO
(1) NORMAL PLAY MODE
ΠFor DVD
Composite : The signal output from PD A, B, C, D of Pick-up, the tracking error signal (pin36 of RIC1) uses the
phase difference of A+C and B+D in RIC1, and inputs to terminal 64 of SIC1. Then, it is output to SIC1 pin 76 via
digital equalizer, and applied to the tracking actuator through DRIC2.
Pins 17, 18 of SIC1 are controlled by VREF(approx. 2.5V) during normal play.
Meanwhile, DVD repeats the track jump from 1 to 4 in inner direction at normal play (because data- read speed
from disc is faster than data output speed on screen).
´ For CD, VCD
Receive the signal output through E, F of Pick-up, from RIC1. The tracking error signal is similar to DVD.
6-12
Samsung Electronics
Circuit Descriptions
(2) SEARCH Mode :
Search mode : Fine seek,(Moving the tracking actuator slightly little below 255 track) and coarse search, moving
much in use of sled motor. The coarse search will be described in sled linked servo and now, the fine seek is
explained shortly.
If the object lens is located near target, cut off the tracking loop and give the control signal as many as desired
count to move the tracking actuator via SIC1 pin 76 terminal(TRD).
3) SLED LINKED SERVO
¥ Normal play mode
Move SLED motor slightly by means of PWM signal in SIC1 pin 73, as the tracking actuator moves along with
track during play. Control to move the entire Pick-up as the tracking actuator moves.
¥ Coarse serach mode
In case of long-distance search (such as chapter serach), SIC1 uses sled FG (SIC8 pin 1, 7, which is generated) by
rotation of sled motor via hall PCB. Then, read ID and compute the existing track count after input of next
track. If the existing track count is within fine seek range, tracking begins using fine seek.
4) CLV SERVO(DISC MOTOR CONTROL SERVO)
Input RF signal (from Pick-up) to SIC1 pin59. Detect SYNC signal from RF in SIC1, and output PWM signal to
SIC1 pin 55 for constant linear velocity.
Samsung Electronics
6-13
Circuit Descriptions
6-5 DVD Data Processor
6-5-1 Outline
DIC1(KS1453) performs Sync detection, EFM/EFM demodulation and error correction and Spindle motor control
(CLV control) after inputting sliced EFM signal of RF signal at disc playback and EFM read clock (PLCK) signal generated from PLL. Outputs data which converted to the last audio and video from A/V decoder(VIC1). KS1453 uses
external memory(4M DRAM) as buffer as well as for error correction and carries out Variable Bit Rate transfer function. VBR function uses the external buffer as buffer to absorb the difference of transfer rate occurring because the
transfer rate of disc playback is faster than data transfer rate demanded by A/V decoder(Video/Audio Signal
Process Chip).
In case of general disc refresh, the memory is almost filled up periodically. It is because Write rate to memory after
disc playback and signal process is faster than Read of A/V decoder. When the memory is filled, this status is reported by interrupt to main micom, which controls the servo to kick back the pick-up to the previous track after memorizing the last data read from disc until now. It takes some times to jump to the previous track and return to the
original(jump location) again. The memory will have an empty space because A/V decoder reads out data of memory.
When the memory has an empty space, where data can be processed and written and the pick-up correctly gets to
the original location(before kick back location) again, it reads data again avoids the interrupt of data read previously. The basic operation repeats to perform as described above.
6-5-2 Block Diagram
DIC2
(KM416C254)
[
D
A
D
R
8.
.
0
[
[
D
D
1
5.
.
0
[
MDP 109
MDS 110
[
R C
A A
S S
W
E
Z
R
A
S
Z Z
W O
E E
O O
Z
C
A
S
CLOCK 27MHz
CLOCK 33.8688MHz
CLOCK 27MHz
O
E
SDATA[7..0]
CSTROBE
DATREQ
DIC1
DATACK
(KS1453)
DTER
TOS
MDAT[7:0]
MRZA(3)
ZCS(2)
MWR(128)
MRD(127)
ZIRQZD(126)
14
95
177, 178
[
EFM 116
EFMI
PLCK 104
PLCK
A
8.
.
0
[
[
D
1
5.
.
0
192
191
196
200
69
70
58
71
57
AD[7..0]
HA[23..8]
*WR(73)
VIC1
DVD-D[7..0]
VSTROBE
(ZiVA-3)
REQUEST
DACK
HDATA[7..0]
*ERR
HADDR[3..0]
/CS
/RD
/WR
/INT
INTO(ZIRQZD)
INT4(/INT)
*RD(72)
MIC1 TMP93CM41F
Fig. 6-19
6-14
Samsung Electronics
Circuit Descriptions
6-5-3 Waveform Description
It measures the timing that data processed in DIC1 at DVD playback.
STROBE
REQ
DACK
SDATA all
2
2
0
1
0
Fig. 6-20
• CH1 : STROBE (DIC1-69, CLOCK)
• CH2 : REQ (DIC1-70, DATA REQUEST)
• CH3 : DACK (DIC1-58, DATA ACKNOWLEDGE)
• CH4 : SDATA (DIC1-60~67, DATA)
Samsung Electronics
6-15
Circuit Descriptions
6-6 Video
6-6-1 Outline
VIC50 sends VSYNC and HSYNC from VIC1(A/V decoder) and receives 8bit video data.
VIC50 does RGB encoding, copy guard processing and D/A conversion of 8bit video data inputted from VIC1(A/V
decoder) by control of MIC1(Micom).
Video signal converted into analog signal is outputted via amplifier of analog part.
(Main Board)
(Output Board)
CVBS-1
VIC1
A/V Decoder
ZiVA-3
MIC1
Main Micom
TMP93CM41F
Video
data
VIC52
Amplifier
BA7660
CVBS-2
Y
VIC50
SAA7128
C
Video
encoder
Y
VIC51
Amplifier
BA7660
Pr
Pb
Fig. 6-21 Video Output Block Diagram
6-16
Samsung Electronics
Circuit Descriptions
6-6-2 NTSC/PAL Digital Encoder (VIC50 : SAA7128)
VIC50 inputted from pin4 with 27MHz generates HSYNC and VSYNC which are based on video signal. Each
HSYNC and VSYNC outputted from Pin8 and Pin7 are inputted to Pin157 and Pin158 of A/V decoder VIC1(ZIVA3). VIC1 is the synchronous signals with the video signal and control the output timing of 8bit video signal of ITUR601 format. (Pin180, 182, 184 ~ 189 (MSP))
8bit data is inputted to Pin9(MSB) and Pin16 of VIC50 and the inputted data is demuxed with each 8bit of Y/R-Y/BY. The separate signal is encoded to NTSC or PAL by control of MIC1. The above signals, that is CVBS
(Composite Video Burst Synchronized)(Pin30), S-Video (Y:Pin27, C:Pin24), Y/Pb/Pr(Pin27/Pin29/Pin23) and
GB(Pin26/Pin29/Pin23). In course of encoding, 8bit data can extend to 10bit or more. To convert the extended data
to quantization noise as possible, VIC50 adopts 10bit D/A converter. VIC50 perform video en-coding as well as
copy protection.
VIC1 (SSA7128)
CR-CB
9~16
Demultiplexer
VDATA
[7:0]
RGB encoding
Luminace
processing
Y
Trap
VSYNC
HSYNC
27M
7
8
4
Chrominance
processor
MRST
SDA
SCL
40
42
41
CTRL+CFG
register
Cloed captions
CGMS
10-bit DAC
MACROVISION
7.0.1/6.1
30
CVBS
27
Y
24
C
23
Cr/R
26
G
29
Cb/B
Fig. 6-22
6-6-3 Amplifier (VIC51, VIC52 : BA7660)
VIC51 and VIC52 are 6dB amplifier. Based on CVBS signal, the final output level must be 2Vpp without 75ohm terminal resistance. Because the level of video encoder output is only 1.1Vpp, the level is adjusted with the special
amplifier. When mute of pin1 is high active, if the pin is floating and connected to power, the output signal is never
outputted. CVBS, Y, C, Cr and Cb outputted from video encoder are inputted to VIC52 (Pin7, Pin2 and Pin4) and
VIC51 (Pin7 and Pin4) respectively and outputted from VIC52 (Pin10, Pin15 and Pin13) and VIC51 (Pin10 and Pin
13). Pin9, Pin12 and Pin14 of VIC51 and VIC52 are feedback pin to SAG compensation(DC characteristic compensation of signal). Resistance(VR3-VR14) which is inserted to input terminal is bias resistance for input offset. The
signal to which gain is adjusted by amplifier is outputted from jack via 75ohm.
Samsung Electronics
6-17
Circuit Descriptions
6-6-4 Scart Jack Output
The AV1 of scart jacks is used for connecting a TV or other display devices and the AV2 for a VCR or other players.
When the DVD player is turned on, the RGB, CVBS, or S-VIDEO is outputted to AV1 and CVBS to AV2. When the
player is turned off, CVBS signal of the TV is inputted and CVBS or RGB of a VCR inputted via AV2 is outputted.
In case of AV2, the reverse signal flow to that.
Switching of power on/off is controlled by SCIC1, SCIC2, and SCIC5.
The control signal (Pin 9,10,11) of SCIC1 and SCIC2 is outputted from PIN100 of FIC1 and connected to the signal(Pin 4) inverted by FIC3.
The control signal(Pin 9,10,11) of SCIC5 is also outputted from Pin100 of FIC1 and inverted again by SCQ8.
According to the characteristics that SCART Jack is supplied same pins for the output of CVBS signal and Y signal
and for the R signal and C signal, SCIC3 lets the user select two signals in setup menu.
This control signal (Pin 9,10,11) of the switch is outputted from Pin 92 of FIC1.
The signal selected by switch is amplified by SIC4 and SIC6 and outputted through the SCART jack.
The scart jack has the function select signal (Pin 8 of AV1) that the TV can select automatically RF and the external
video signal.
SCQ1 to SCQ7 are the circuit to point, FIC1 (Pin100, 94) controls. When the TV aspect ratio is 4/3 or 16/9, it is outputted 4.5 ~ 7V or 9.5 ~ 12V each. But, when the DVD video source is 16/9 and 16/9 wide is selected in setup
menu, 4.5 ~ 7V is outputted. Otherwise, 9.5 ~ 12V is outputted.
When the player is turned off, the TV works with function selection by output signal of VCR in relation of SCQ9
and SCQ10.
RGB control signal (Pin 16 of AV1) is outputted that the TV can select between RGB and CVBS.
SCQ11 ~ SCQ14 and SCQ17 are for RGB control and controlled by FIC1 (Pin91).
When the player is turned off, receives VCR input (Pin 37 of AV2) and buffers in this circuit and then outputs to
Pin 16 of AV1.
CVBS_TV_IN
CVBS_VCR_IN
CVBS_S
Y_S
SIC2
(14053)
Switch
CVBS_TV_IN
SIC1
(14053)
Switch
C_S
R_S
R_VCR_IN
G_S
G_VCR_IN
B_S
B_VCR_IN
SIC3
(14053)
Switch
SIC4
(NJM2267)
Amplifier CVBS_VCR_OUT
SIC5
(14053)
Switch
R/C_TV_OUT
SIC6
G_TV_OUT
(BA7660)
Amplifier B_TV_OUT
CVBS/Y_VCR_OUT
R_TV_OUT
G_TV_OUT
AV1
TV
B_TV_OUT
R_VCR_IN
G_VCR_IN
B_VCR_IN
AV2
VCR
CVBS_VCR_OUT
Fig. 6-23
6-18
Samsung Electronics
Circuit Descriptions
6-7 Audio
6-7-1 Outline
The four data (Data 0~3) outputted from A/V decoder (VIC1 ; ZiVA-3) are supplied to DATA 0 for 2-channel
mixed audio output and to DATA 1~3 for Analog audio output (5.1-channel).
The audio data (0~3) transmitted from A/V decoder (VIC1 ; ZiVA-3) are converted into analog signal via audio
D/A converter and outputted via post filter and amplifier.
CD and VCD are outputted with only 2 channels audio data and transmit them to Data 0 and Data 1.
Front L/R channel is outputted in mixed audio output (L/R output) and analog audio output and surround L/R,
center and subwoofer arenÕt outputted.
If DVD of 2 channels source disc is used, it is outputted by the same way with CD and VCD.
If 5.1-channel source disc, front L/R channel is outputted in Data 1, Surround L/R in Data 2 and Center/Subwoofer in Data 3. At that time, 5.1 channel can be downmixed in 2 channel in Data 0.
Mixed Audio Output (2-Channel)
DATA0
LRCK
BCK
AIC1
AK4324
D/A CONVERTER
POST
FILTER
POST
FILTER
AIC2
AK4324
D/A CONVERTER
POST
FILTER
POST
FILTER
AMP
FRONT-L
AMP
FRONT-R
AIC3
AK4324
D/A CONVERTER
POST
FILTER
POST
FILTER
AMP
SURROUND-L
AMP
SURROUND-R
AIC4
AK4324
D/A CONVERTER
POST
FILTER
POST
FILTER
AMP
CENTER
AMP
SUB WOOFER
AMP
L
AMP
R
Analog Audio Output (5.1-Channel)
DATA1
VIC1
(ZiVA-3)
A/V Decoder
DATA2
DATA3
Fig. 6-24 Audio Output Block Diagram
Samsung Electronics
6-19
Circuit Descriptions
6-7-2 DVD Audio Output
Source Data Types :
MPEG-1,-2, Dolby Digital,
CD-DA, LPCM
VIC4, 10 (LOCAL DRAM)
VIC1 (ZiVA-3 ; A/V DECODER)
HOST or DVD/CD
INTERFACE
IEC-958/1937
OUTPUT PROCESS
AUDIO INPUT
BUFFER
Compressed Data
(MPEG, Dolby Digital),
CD-DA, LPCM
AUDIO DECODER
(MPEG, DOLBY DIGITAL,
CD-DA, LPCM
AUDIO OUTPUT
BUFFER
IEC-958/1937
INTERFACE
RECEIVER
or
DECODER
(IEC-958/1937)
2-Channel LPCM, Decoder
Dolby Digital, Decoded MPEG
Uncompressed 16- or 24-bit
LPCM camples at
fs=44.1,48,96KHz
2-, 4, or 6CHANNEL OUTPUT
PROCESS
DIGITAL AUDIO
INTERFACE
AUDIO
DAC
Fig. 6-25 Audio Decoder and Output Interface Datapath
1) Compressed Data
The audio data inputted to VIC1 (ZiVA-3) A/V decoder is divided into compressed data and uncompressed data.
It is compressed data that is compressed with multi-channel audio data such as Dolby digital, MPEG, DTS, etc.
The compressed data inputted to VIC1 (ZiVA-3) is converted into the uncompressed data of 2, 4, and 6 channels
through ZiVA-3 built-in audio decoder and is outputted to Data 0, 1, 2, and 3 through digital audio interface.
The compressed data is transmitted to external AC-3 amplifier or MPEG/DTS amplifier as IEC-958/1937 transmission data format compressed by ZiVA-3 built-in IEC-958 output process.
2) Uncompressed Data
The uncompressed data is that data isnÕt compressed, so it is called CD-DA, LPCM data.
The 2 channels data is converted through audio decoder 2-channel data and Data 0 and Data 1 are outputted in
digital audio interface.Via IEC-958 output process, they is transmitted to digital amplifier or AC-3/MPEG/DTS
amplifier built in the external digital input source with IEC-958/1937 transmission format.
6-20
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
See "Fine Seek Check"
Yes
TE occurs in
search range?
Yes
Actual velocity occurs
at DRIC2-11, 12 terminal?
Yes
Actual velocity occurs
at SIC1-73 terminal?
Yes
PS0, PS1 is input
SIC1-2, 3 terminal from
SIC8-1, 7?
No Search Operation
No
No
No
No
Focus On?
No
No
Replace Hall PCB
Check DRIC2 peripheral circuit.
Check SIC1 peripheral circuit.
Yes
0.1Vp-p sine wave
occurs at search at SIC8-2, 6
terminal?
Check SIC8 peripheral circuit.
A
Check SIC1 peripheral circuit.
Yes
Pick-up transfer smooth.
Yes
TE is within
2V and 3V?
Yes
Track incomming is
delayed?
Yes
TZCO signal
(SIC1-52) is occurs?
Yes
FINE SEEK MIRR
signal (RIC1-57) is missing?
FINE SEEK Check
Check SIC1 Peripheral curcuit.
Check RIC1 Peripheral curcuit.
No
Check RIC1-36 terminal.
No
Check DRIC2 peripheral circuit.
Check CN6 and pick-up.
Yes
DRIC2-17, 18
terminal outputs are
normal?
Yes
SIC1-76 output
is normal?
Time out due to many jump counts.
Check MECHA.
No
No
No
No
Yes
7. Troubleshooting
7-1
7-2
Check or replace disc motor.
Yes
DRIC1-23 signal
MON is "H" ?
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
RIC1-86 output
are normal?
Yes
RIC1-88 output
is normal?
Check DRIC1 soldering and power.
Check DIC1, MIC1.
No
Check RIC1 peripheral
circuit and A, B, C, D.
No
Check RIC1 soldering and power.
Check path to RIC1 and SIC1.
After resoldering SIC1.
DRIC1-24 output (FG)
is normal?
Yes
SPD output is normal?
(SIC1-74)
Yes
Input of RF signal
is normal? (SIC1-59)
Abnormal rotation of
disc motor
Check signal line state from
DRIC1-26, 27 to tray motor.
Yes
Check DRIC2-26, 27
output at open/close
Yes
MIC1-84, 85 is
Open ; "L", "L" ?
Close ; "H", "H"?
No Tray open/close
No
No
Check DRIC2
Micom (MIC1) erroe.
Troubleshooting
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
A
No focus incoming and
no disc occurs.
Yes
LD is outputted
from object lens at
play key input?
No Disc recognition
No
B
Check open state from
DRIC4 to pick-up.
Yes
DRIC4-1, 2 output
are normal?
Yes
FE in SIC1-65
is within specified range?
A
No focus incoming
No
No
Check DRIC4
Check RIC1 and A, B, C, D input.
Troubleshooting
7-3
7-4
Check SIC1 soldering and power.
Yes
SELED FG Ps0, PS1
is input normally.
(SIC1-2, 3)
No pick-up home positing
No
Check SIC8, DRIC2 signal
transfer system
Yes
RIC1-29 output
is 200mV?
Yes
RIC1-28 is 5V?
LD out pick-up replace.
Yes
Current exceeds 0.1A?
Yes
Divide RQ1 emitter terminal
voltage and 5V real voltage
difference into 33ohm.
B
NO LD ON
No
Yes
Check MIC1
LD MPD error. Replace pick-up
Open check in related circuit.
No
No
RIC1-50
output is 0V?
No
Troubleshooting
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
Check AVJ2 peripheral
soldering shot.
Yes
Base terminal level
of AQ1, 2, 3, 4
are "L"?
Yes
AOP1-1, 7 output
is normal?
Yes
Analog output of
AIC1-16, 17, 18, 19
is normal?
Yes
Normal DATA 0 is
input in AIC1-7?
CD/VCD/DVD L/R output error
(Mixed Audio output)
No
No
No
No
Check FIC1-98 mute.
Check AOP1 peripheral circuit.
Check VIC1-169
(CD/VCD ; 16.9344MHz,
DVD ; 18.432MHz)
Check VIC1-161 output.
Check AVJ3 peripheral
soldering shot.
Yes
Base terminal level
of AQ5, 6, 7, 8
are "L"?
Yes
AOP2-1, 7 output
is normal?
Yes
Analog output of
AIC2-16, 17, 18, 19
is normal?
Yes
Normal DATA 1 is
input in AIC2-7?
Front L/R output error
(Analog Audio output)
No
No
No
No
Check FIC1-98 mute.
Check AOP2 peripheral circuit.
Check VIC1-169
(CD/VCD ; 16.9344MHz,
DVD ; 18.432MHz)
Check VIC1-163 output.
Troubleshooting
7-5
7-6
Check AVJ3 peripheral
soldering shot.
Yes
Base terminal level
of AQ9, 10, 11, 12
are "L"?
Yes
AOP3-1, 7
output is normal?
Yes
Analog output of
AIC3-16, 17, 18, 19
is normal?
Yes
Normal DATA 2 is
input in AIC3-7?
Yes
No
No
No
No
Check FIC1-97 mute.
Check AOP3 peripheral circuit.
Check VIC1-169 DVD ; 18.432MHz
Check VIC1-164 output.
Check AVJ3 peripheral
soldering shot.
Yes
Base terminal level
of AQ13, 14, 15, 16
are "L"?
Yes
AOP4-1, 7
output is normal?
Yes
Analog output of
AIC4-16, 17, 18, 19
is normal?
Yes
Normal DATA 3 is
input in AIC4-7?
Yes
5.1-channel is
contained in playing disc?
Output only in 2-channel
(stereo channel)
5.1-channel is
contained in playing disc?
No
Center/Sub-Woofer output error
(Analog Audio output)
Surround L/R output error
(Analog Audio output)
No
No
No
No
No
Check FIC1-95, 96 mute.
Check AOP4 peripheral circuit.
Check VIC1-169 DVD ; 18.432MHz
Check VIC1-165 output.
Output only in 2-channel
(stereo channel)
Troubleshooting
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
Check AVJ4 peripheral
soldering shot.
Yes
Check VIC5.
Replace PIC1.
No
Pulse is missing
in PIC1-5?
Yes
Voltage exists in
PIC1-5?
Yes
PIC1 drain (pin 1)
voltage is missing?
No
PD01 voltage
is missing?
No
PF01 error?
Output in
AIC5-6, 8, 10 is
normal?
Check VIC1 peripheral circuit.
No
No
No Power
(Standby LED OFF)
Yes
Output in VIC1-159 is normal?
Digital output error
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Replace PIC1.
Check feed back.
Check PR11, 12, 13, 14.
Check 2d voltage.
Check PR10.
Replace fuse.
Troubleshooting
7-7
7-8
If the problem persists ;
Check after replacing Jack PCB,
with another one.
Check other parts for abnormal
front operation persists.
Yes
Key of STOP, PLAY, OPEN
work normally?
No
Operational waveform
is missing in FIC3
(FLT) pin?
Yes
FIC1 soldering is OK?
Yes
Reset working in
FIC1-12?
Yes
12MHz oscillation (FY1)?
Yes
REF +/-, 5V-all, -28V
power is supplied.
No front (SET) operation
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Check S/W interface.
Check communication status with
main micom
(Check FIC1 pins 27, 72, 73, 74, 75)
Check FIC1 peripheral circuit.
Check FIC1 soldering.
Check reset peripheral circuit of FIC2.
Check X-TAL peripheral circuit.
Check power status.
VIC1 peripheral soldering
and short check.
Yes
Signals are output
from SIC1-42, 44?
Yes
27MHz clock is
input in DIC1-14?
Yes
'NO DISK' appears
after pick-up moves up and
down twice at power on?
DVD play error
No
No
No
Replace SIC1.
Check 27MHz oscillating part.
Check DIC1, MIC1 peripheral short.
Troubleshooting
Samsung Electronics
Check A/V decoder signal process block.
Samsung Electronics
C
Yes
Play works?
Yes
/CS2, /RD, /WR signal occur?
Yes
All clocks (20MHz,
33.8688MHz, 27MHz) of main PCB
oscillate normally?
Yes
No
No
No
Check VIC1 peripheral unit.
Yes
Check short pin out of micom
common-bus (8-bit).
Check short or operating of micom.
Check soldering of micom and
communication devices.
Yes
Check all clock oscillating parts.
Yes
Check eith article
"No Front (SET) Operation"
No
MIC1-10, 19
waveform state (0, 1)
changes whenever pressing
front key?
No
MIC7-4, 5 pin is fixed to 0V?
No
MIC1-9 is fixed to 0V?
All power is measured
correctly and front cable is
properly connected?
Yes
C
Key operation or
remote control error
Yes
Yes
Yes
Check MIC1 peripheral soldering.
Check DVD signal process block.
Check A/V decoder signal process block.
Troubleshooting
7-9
7-10
D
Yes
Analog signals output
normally at pin 30, 27, 24,
29, 23, in VIC50?
Yes
Video data are inputed
normally at pin 9 ~ 16 in
VIC50?
Yes
SYNC signal is
normal at pin 7, 8 in
VIC50?
Yes
Control signal is
normal at pin 41, 42 in VIC50?
(When power on
or open)
Yes
MRST is high state
at pin 40 in VIC50?
Yes
27MHz clock input
is normal at pin 4 in
VIC50?
Yes
Power level is
normal at pin 6, 17, 20, 25, 28,
31, 36, 39 in VIC50?
Video output error in
RCA Jacks
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Change VIC50.
No
Check the soldering of VIC50.
Change VIC50.
No
Check the connection with
pin 180, 182, 184 ~ 189 in VIC1.
Check the soldering of VIC50.
Check the connection between
pin 86, 87 in MIC1 and pin 41, 42 in VIC50.
Check the connection between
pin 1 in FIC1 and pin 40 in VIC50.
Check the connection between
pin 10 in VIC6 and pin 4 in VIC50.
Check the connection between
pin 2 in PIC6 and Emmiter in PQ24.
Check the RCA cable.
Yes
Video signals of
about 1V appear at
output jacks?
Yes
Video signals of
about 2V appear at pin 10, 13, 15
in VIC51, 52?
Yes
Pin 1 in VIC51, 52 is in
Low state?
Yes
Power is normal
at pin 16 in VIC51, 52?
Yes
Analog signals
are inputed normally at pin 2, 4,
7 in VIC51, 52?
D
No
No
No
No
No
Change VIC51, 52.
No
Check the connection between
VIC51, 52 and output jacks.
Check the soldering of
VIC51, 52.
Connect to ground.
Check the connection between
VIC51, 52 and Emmiter of PQ24.
Check the connection between
VIC50 and VIC51, 52.
Troubleshooting
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
Check the SCART cable.
Yes
CVBS signal is
outputed at pin 19
in AV1?
Yes
CVBS signal is
outputed at pin 5
in SCIC4?
Yes
CVBS signal is
outputed at pin 14
in SCIC3?
Yes
CVBS signal is
outputed at pin 14
in SCIC2?
Yes
CVBS signal is
inputed at pin 12
in SCIC2?
Yes
Function select
signal is 9.5~12V at
pin 8 in AV1?
Yes
Video signal outputs
normally in RCA jack?
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Fix the TV ASPECT in setup menu to 4/3 LB.
Connect to 4/3 ASPECT TV.
CVBS output error at AV1
Check the connection between
pin 5 in SCIC4 and SCART jack.
ΠCheck the connection between
pin 14 in SCIC3 and pin 8 in SCIC4.
´ Check the power level at
pin 7 in SCIC4.
ΠCheck the connection between
pin 14 in SCIC2 and pin 12 in SCIC3.
´ Check the connection between pin 9, 10,
11 in SCIC3 and pin 92 in FIC1 --> "L" stare.
Check the connection between pin 9,
10, 11 in SCIC2 and SCQ8 --> "L" state.
Check the connection with
pin 30 in VIC50.
Check the connection between
SCQ1~SCQ7 block and pin 100 in FIC1.
See "Video output error in
RCA Jacks"
Check the SCART cable.
Yes
CVBS signal is
outputed at pin 19
in AV2?
Yes
CVBS signal is
outputed at pin 4
in SCIC4?
Yes
CVBS signal is
outputed at pin 14
in SCIC1?
Yes
CVBS signal is
inputed at pin 12
in SCIC1?
Yes
Video signal outputs
normally in RCA jack?
CVBS output error at AV2
No
No
No
No
No
Check the connection between
pin 4 in SCIC4 and SCART jack.
ΠCheck the connection between
pin 14 in SCIC3 and pin 8 in SCIC4.
´ Check the power level at pin 7 SCIC4.
Check the connection betweenpin 9, 10,
11 in SCIC2 and SCQ8 --> "L" state
Check the connection with
pin 30 in VIC50.
See "Video output error in
RCA Jacks"
Troubleshooting
7-11
7-12
Check the SCART cable.
Yes
RGB signal is
outputed at pin 7, 11, 15
in AV1?
Yes
RGB signal is
inputed at pin 2, 4, 7
in SCIC6?
Yes
RGB signal is
outputed at pin 4, 13, 15
in SCIC5?
Yes
RGB signal is
inputed at pin 1, 3, 13
in SCIC5?
Yes
R signal is
outputed normally at pin 15
in SCIC3?
Yes
RGB signal is
outputed at pin 23, 26,
29 in VIC50?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Check the connection with
pin 10, 13, 15 in SCIC6.
Check the connection with
pin 4, 13, 15 in SCIC5.
Check pin 9, 10, 11 in SCIC5
--> "H" state
ΠCheck the connection between pin 5
in SCIC3 and pin 2 in SCIC5.
´ Check the connection between pin 26
in VIC50 and pin 13 in SCIC5.
ˇ Check the connection between pin 29
in VIC50 and pin 3 in SCIC5.
ΠCheck the connection between
pin 23 in VIC50 and pin 2 in SCIC3.
´ Check the pin 9, 10, 11 in SCIC3
--> "L" state.
See "Video output error in RCA jacks"
See "CVBS output error at AV1"
and "RGB output error at AV1".
Yes
Y, C signals are
outputed at pin 14, 15
in SCIC3?
Yes
Y, C signals
are inputed at pin 1, 13
in SCIC3?
Yes
S-VIDEO signals
are outputed normally in the
UPPER jack?
No
Y, C signals
are outputed at pin 15, 19
in AV1?
Output voltage at
pin in AV1 is in
1V ~ 3V?
Check the pin 91 in FIC1 --> "H" state.
Check SCQ 11, 12, 17 circuit.
Change the SCART output in
setup menu to S-VIDEO.
Change the SCART output in
setup menu to RGB.
No
S-Video output error at AV1
RGB output error at AV1
No
No
No
Yes
Check the pin 9, 10, 11 in SCIC3
--> "H" state.
ΠCheck the connection between
pin 27 in VIC50 and pin 13 in SCIC3.
´ Check the connection between
pin 24 in VIC5 and pin 1 in SCIC3.
See "Video output error in RCA jacks"
Check the SCART cable.
Check the TV which is capable accept
S-VIDEO.
Troubleshooting
Samsung Electronics
8. Exploded View and Parts List
Page
8-1 Cabinet Assembly (DVD-909) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-2
8-2 Cabinet Assembly (DVD-709) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-4
8-3 Deck Assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-6
Samsung Electronics
8-1
8-2
2
1
3
5
4
701
S.N.A
151
S.N.A. : Service Not Available
151
602
(ASSY-PCB-JACK)
151
702
151
11
13
12
CN11A
605
14
12
151
101
610
S.N.A. (CABINET-BOTTOM)
S.N.A. (CHASSIS-REAR)
601 (ASSY-PCB-MAIN)
151
150
S.N.A. (DECK-DVD MECHA)
UT01
150
150
Exploded Views and Parts List
8-1 Cabinet Assembly (DVD-909)
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views and Parts List
Loc. No
Parts No.
1
2
3
4
5
11
12
13
14
101
150
151
601
602
605
610
Refer to table below
Refer to table below
Refer to table below
Refer to table below
Refer to table below
AH61-00194A
AH64-80001E
AH61-00194B
AH61-00194C
Refer to table below
Refer to table below
6003-000276
Refer to table below
Refer to table below
AH63-00040A
AH39-00034A
AH39-00129A
AH39-00042A
AH39-10002R
AH39-00041A
AH92-00169A
AH92-00168A
3809-001133
Refer to table below
701
702
CN11A
UT01
REGIONAL NUMBER
1
2
Description ; Specification
1
Remark
ASSY-CABINET FRONT;DVD-909,ASSY,EXPORT
ASSY-DOOR TRAY;DVD-739,ABS,XAA
KNOB-VOLUME;-,ABS94,HB,L/GRAY,-,DVD-909
KNOB-JOG;-,ABS94,HB,BLK,-,DVD-909
KNOB-SHUTTLE;-,ABS94,HB,BLK,-,DVD-909
HOLDER-DECK A;-,ABS 94HB,-,DVD-909
FOOT-FRONT;-,ABS94,HB,T2,SIL,H/STAMP,DVD
HOLDER-DECK B;-,ABS 94HB,-,BLK,-,DVD-909
HOLDER-DECK C;-,ABS 94HB,-,BLK,-,DVD-909
ASSY-CABINET TOP;ABS,
SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,B,M3,L10,SWCH1018
SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,B,M3,L10,ZPC(YEL),SWC
ASSY-PCB-MAIN;DVD-909,MAIN PCB
ASSY-PCB-JACK;DVD-909,JACK PCB
GROUND-REAR;-,PBS,T0.2,-,DVD-909
POWER CORD;-,1.83M,CONNECTOR (EP-2)
POWER CORD;-,1.83M,CONNECTOR
POWER CORD;-,1.83M,CONNECTOR (BS)
POWER CORD;-,1.83M,CONNECTOR (AP-2)
POWER CORD;-,1.83M,CONNECTOR (CP-2)
ASSY-PCB-PHONE POWER;DVD-909,PHONE
ASSY-PCB-PLAY;DVD-909,PLAY
CABLE-FLAT;30V,80C,200MM,35P,1.25MM,UL28
REMOCON-ASS’Y;-,-,-,48,DVD-909,S.S
2
3
4
5
101
NORTH AMERICA
LATIN AMERICA
U.K
AUSTRALIA
COMMON
150
601
602
UT01
AH95-10353K AH95-50369E AH64-11306C AH64-11346A AH64-11345A AH97-00188A 6003-000275 AH92-00052A AH92-00053A AH59-10141A
EUROPE
AH95-10353L AH95-50369A AH64-11306E AH64-11346B AH64-11345B AH97-00188C AH60-00025A AH92-00054A AH92-00055A AH59-10141B
TRKEY
AH95-10353H AH95-50369E AH64-11306C AH64-11346A AH64-11345A AH97-00188C AH60-00025A AH92-00054A AH92-00055A AH59-10141B
4
AH95-10353L AH95-50369A AH64-11306E AH64-11346B AH64-11345B AH97-00188C AH60-00025A AH92-00436A AH92-00437A AH59-10141B
5
AH95-10353L AH95-50369A AH64-11306E AH64-11346B AH64-11345B AH97-00188C AH60-00025A AH92-00413A AH92-00412A AH59-10141B
Samsung Electronics
8-3
8-4
1
2
701
702
151
S.N.A. : Service Not Available
151
602
(ASSY-PCB-JACK)
151
11
151
13
12
CN11A
605
14
12
151
101
610
S.N.A. (CABINET-BOTTOM)
S.N.A. (CHASSIS-REAR)
601 (ASSY-PCB-MAIN)
151
150
S.N.A. (DECK-DVD MECHA)
UT01
150
150
Exploded Views and Parts List
8-2 Cabinet Assembly (DVD-709)
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views and Parts List
Loc. No
Parts No.
1
2
11
12
13
14
101
150
151
601
602
605
610
Description ; Specification
Refer to table below
Refer to table below
AH61-00194A
AH64-80001E
AH61-00194B
AH61-00194C
Refer to table below
Refer to table below
6003-000276
Refer to table below
Refer to table below
AH63-00040A
AH39-00034A
AH39-00129A
AH39-00042A
AH39-10002R
AH39-00041A
AH92-00167A
AH92-00166A
3809-001133
Refer to table below
701
702
CN11A
UT01
Remark
ASSY-CABINET FRONT;DVD-709,ASSY,EXPORT
ASSY-DOOR TRAY;DVD-709,ABS
HOLDER-DECK A;-,ABS 94HB,-,DVD-909
FOOT-FRONT;-,ABS94,HB,T2,SIL,H/STAMP,DVD
HOLDER-DECK B;-,ABS 94HB,-,BLK,-,DVD-909
HOLDER-DECK C;-,ABS 94HB,-,BLK,-,DVD-909
ASSY-CABINET TOP;DVD-709,ABS
SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,B,M3,L10,BLK,SWCH1018
SCREW-TAPTITE;BH,+,B,M3,L10,ZPC(YEL),SWC
ASSY-PCB-MAIN;DVD-709,MAIN PCB
ASSY-PCB-JACK;DVD-709,JACK PCB
GROUND-REAR;-,PBS,T0.2,-,DVD-909
POWER CORD;-,1.83M,CONNECTOR (EP-2)
POWER CORD;-,1.83M,CONNECTOR
POWER CORD;-,1.83M,CONNECTOR (BS)
POWER CORD;-,1.83M,CONNECTOR (AP-2)
POWER CORD;-,1.83M,CONNECTOR (CP-2)
ASSY-PCB-POWER;DVD-709,POWER
ASSY-PCB-PLAY;DVD-709,PLAY
CABLE-FLAT;30V,80C,200MM,35P,1.25MM,UL28
REMOCON-ASS’Y;-,-,-,48,DVD-909,S.S
NORTH AMERICA
LATIN AMERICA
U.K
AUSTRALIA
COMMON
REGIONAL NUMBER
1
2
101
150
601
602
UT01
1
AH95-10355A
AH95-50369C
AH97-00188A
6003-000275
AH92-00056A
AH92-00057A
AH59-10141A
EUROPE
AH95-10355C
AH95-50369A
AH97-00188C
AH60-00025A
AH92-00058A
AH92-00059A
AH59-10141B
TRKEY
AH95-10355L
AH95-50369C
AH97-00188C
AH60-00025A
AH92-00058A
AH92-00059A
AH59-10141B
4
AH95-10355C
AH95-50369A
AH97-00188C
AH60-00025A
AH92-00450A
AH92-00273A
AH59-10141B
5
AH95-10355C
AH95-50369A
AH97-00188C
AH60-00025A
AH92-00439A
AH92-00440A
AH59-10141B
2
Samsung Electronics
8-5
Exploded Views and Parts List
8-3 Deck Assembly
903
225
903
903
225
225
903
224
215
906
S.N.A.
219
222
220
905
216
223
204
221
220
220
216
214
218
217
201
909
S.N.A.
212
901
211
907
901
210
206
213
908
209
208
S.N.A.
230
229
230
207
904
231
205
203
202
227
S.N.A. : Service Not Available
8-6
902
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views and Parts List
Loc. No
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
227
229
230
231
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
Parts No.
AH91-60117A
AH92-00035A
3809-001125
AH91-60147A
AH66-90054A
AH91-60154A
AH66-30087A
AH66-20194A
AH66-20183A
AH66-20185A
AH66-10024A
AH66-60033A
AH66-20184A
AH97-00178A
BG61-20031A
AH61-50327A
AH66-20228A
AH30-20001B
AH91-60151A
AH60-30020A
AH91-60120A
AH66-20182A
AH91-60121A
AH63-30245B
AH73-10017A
3809-001123
AH61-50323A
AH66-22005A
AH97-00179A
AH60-10151A
AC60-10051A
AH60-10143U
AH60-10145A
AH60-10147A
AC60-10059A
AH60-00010A
AC60-10042A
BG60-10020A
Samsung Electronics
Description ; Specification
Remark
ASSY-DECK CLAMPER;DVD860,-,DP-1
ASSY-PCB-DECK;DP-3,CABLE-FLAT;30V,80C,140MM,8P,1MM,UL2896
ASSY-BRKT DECK;DP-3,DVD-909,TRAY-DVD;DP,ABS,-,BLK,-,DP-1
ASSY-DECK HOUSING;DP-3,DVD-909,LEVER-OPEN SW;DP,KEPITAL,T0.7,L26,F20-03
GEAR-CAM CENTER;DP,KEPITAL F20-03,M1.2,Z
GEAR-CAM SUB;DP,KEPITAL FT2020,M1,2,Z7,GEAR-TRAY A;DP,KEPITAL F20-03,M0.4/M0.5,
PULLEY-GEAR;DP,KEPITAL F20-03,BLK,DP-1
BELT-PULLEY;DP,CR,T1.5,0.08,L82.7,BLK,DP
GEAR-TRAY;DP,KEPITAL F20-03,M0.5/M0.6,Z4
ASSY-BRKT FEED;DP-3,-,SOH-DP1
HOLDER-CAM;-,POM,-,-,-,DDR-4
SHAFT-P/U;DP,SUS420J2,OD3,L84.7,S/FINISH
RACK-SLIDE;DP,KEPITAL F20-03,WHT,M0.4,P1
PICK-UP;SPU-DP1 DVD-909
ASSY-MOTOR SPINDLE;DP-3,DVD-909,WASHER-PLAIN;DP,-,ID3.1,OD6,T0.3,RED COL
ASSY-GEAR-FEED-AU/AL;DP-1,DVD-860,GEAR-FEED B;DP,KEPITAL F20-03,M0.4,Z44,W
ASSY-GEAR-FEED-CU/CL;DP-1,DVD-860,COVER-sheet;-,-,-,T0.7,CLR,-,BLK CARBON,
RUBBER-INSULATOR;RUBBER(LB-40),OD11,DP-1
CABLE-FLAT;30V,80C,90MM,40P,1.25MM,UL289
SHAFT-SYNCRO;-,sus304,2.1,119,-,-,dvd-90
GEAR-SYNCRO-A;KEPITAL F20-03,M0.8,Z9,-,P
ASSY-HOUSING MOTOR;DP-3,-,SOH-DP1
SCREW-TAP TITE;DP,SPEC6.8 ,PH,+,CP,M2,L
SCREW-TAPPING;BH,-,-,M3,L8,FZY
SCREW-TAP TITE;DP,PH,+,SPEC,TAP1.7,L5,ZP
SCREW-TAP TITE;DP,PH,+,SPEC OD5.5 FP,TAP
SCREW-MACHINE;DP,CH,+,FP,M2,L4,ZPC,SWRCH
SCREW-TAPPING;BH,+,-,1.7,X5,ZPC2
SCREW-MACHINE-MOTOR;-,+,SWCH18AK,M1.7,L2
SCREW-TAPPING;PWH,+,-,M3,L8,SCREW-SP MOTOR;-,BHW TOOTH,-,-,M1.7,L3,-
8-7
Exploded Views and Parts List
MEMO
8-8
Samsung Electronics
9. Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
Part No
601
AR1
AR2
AR3
AR4
AR5
AR6
AR7
AR8
AR9
CN6
CN7
CN8
DC1
DC10
DC11
DC12
DC13
DC14
DC15
DC16
DC2
DC23
DC24
DC3
DC4
DC5
DC6
DC7
DC8
DC9
DE1
DIC1
DIC2
DIC7
DL1
DRC1
DRC10
DRC11
DRC2
DRC3
DRC4
DRC5
DRC6
DRC7
DRC8
DRC9
DRE1
DRE2
DRE3
DRE4
DRE5
DRE6
DRE7
DRE8
DRE9
DRIC1
DRIC2
DRL1
DRL2
Description ; Specification
Remark
ASSY-PCB-MAIN
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000070
2007-000074
2007-000070
3708-001085
3711-003358
3708-001364
2203-000560
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-001567
2203-000189
2203-000560
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000560
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2401-002144
AH13-10030P
1105-001233
0801-002097
3301-000353
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2401-002075
2401-002075
2401-002075
2401-002144
2401-002144
2401-002144
2401-002144
2401-002144
2401-002144
1003-001130
1003-001067
3301-000353
3301-000353
Samsung Electronics
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
CONNECTOR-FPC/FC/PIC;40P,1.25mm,STRAIGHT
CONNECTOR-HEADER;BOX,8P,1R,2.5mm,STRAIGH
CONNECTOR-FPC/FC/PIC;35P,1.25MM,STRAIGHT
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;10pF,0.5pF,50V,CH,1608,1.
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
IC-ASIC;-,KS1453,TQFP,128P,DATA PRO. I
IC-DRAM;416C256,256KX16BIT,SOJ,40P,400MI
IC-CMOS LOGIC;7SET08,AND GATE,SOP,5P,110
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
IC-MOTOR DRIVER;KA3011DTF,SOP,28P,-,QUAD
IC-MOTOR DRIVER;KA3010D,SOP,28P,375MIL,Q
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,-
Loc.No
Part No
DRR10
DRR11
DRR12
DRR13
DRR14
DRR3
DRR4
DRR7
DRR9
MC1
MC10
MC11
MC12
MC13
MC14
MC16
MC18
MC19
MC2
MC20
MC3
MC4
MC5
MC6
MC7
MC8
MC9
MIC1
MIC2
MIC5
MIC6
MIC7
MIC8
MIC8A
ML1
MQ1
MR1
MR10
MR12
MR13
MR14
MR15
MR16
MR17
MR18
MR19
MR2
MR22
MR23
MR24
MR25
MR3
MR33
MR34
MR35
MR36
MR37
MR38
MR39
MR4
MR40
MR43
2007-000084
2007-000087
2007-000087
2007-000090
2007-000070
2007-007157
2007-007157
2007-001179
2007-000616
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-001656
2203-001656
2203-001656
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000426
2203-000426
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
0903-001144
0801-002207
1103-001133
0801-002143
0801-000379
S.N.A.
3704-000472
3301-000353
0504-000128
2007-000084
2007-000084
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000109
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000070
2007-000084
2007-000070
2007-000084
2007-000084
2007-000124
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000103
2007-000084
2007-000402
2007-000102
Description ; Specification
Remark
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;6.8Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;6.8Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1ohm,5%,1/4W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;1ohm,5%,1/4W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;8.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;24Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;470pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,1608,1
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;470pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,1608,1
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;470pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,1608,1
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;18pF,5%,50V,NPO,1608,-,TP
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;18pF,5%,50V,NPO,1608,-,TP
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
IC-MICROCONTROLLER;93CM41,8BIT,QFP,100P,
IC-CMOS LOGIC;74AC573,LATCH,SOP,20P,300M
IC-EEPROM;24C020,256x8BIT,SOP,8P,150MIL,
IC-CMOS LOGIC;7S32,OR GATE,SOT-25,5P,63M
IC-CMOS LOGIC;74HC00,NAND GATE,SOP,14P,1
IC-EPROM;27C081,1MX8BIT,DIP,32P,600MIL,1
SOCKET-IC;32P,DIP,SN,2.54mm
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Mohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;2.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;120Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;150ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
9-1
Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
Part No
MR5
MR6
MR7
MR8
MR9
MXTAL1
PC1
PC2
PC3
PC4
PE1
PE2
PE3
PE4
RC1
RC10
RC11
RC12
RC13
RC14
RC15
RC16
RC17
RC2
RC20
RC21
RC22
RC23
RC24
RC25
RC26
RC27
RC28
RC29
RC3
RC31
RC32
RC33
RC34
RC35
RC36
RC37
RC38
RC39
RC4
RC40
RC41
RC42
RC43
RC44
RC45
RC46
RC47
RC5
RC50
RC51
RC52
RC53
RC54
RC55
RC6
RC7
RC8
RC9
RD1
RD2
2007-000084
2007-000084
2007-000084
2007-000084
2007-000084
2801-000199
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2401-002165
2401-002165
2401-002165
2401-002165
2203-000189
2203-000257
2203-000189
2203-000560
2203-000560
2203-000440
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000384
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-001697
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-001052
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000236
2203-000140
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000531
2203-000236
2203-000257
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-001652
2203-000560
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000888
2203-001052
2203-001640
2203-000384
2203-000257
0401-000008
0403-001079
9-2
Description ; Specification
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
CRYSTAL-UNIT;20MHz,50ppm,28-AAA,16pF,50o
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;15pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;.082NF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;560pF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1.5nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;2.7nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;470NF,+80-20%,16V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;4.7nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;560pF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;390pF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;15pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;10nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608,
DIODE-SWITCHING;DAN217,80V,100mA,SOT-23,
DIODE-ZENER;UDZ3.9B,7%,200MW,SOD-323,TP
Remark
Loc.No
RD6
RD7
RE10
RE11
RE12
RE13
RE17
RE2
RE8
RE9
RIC1
RIC2
RIC3
RIC4
RIC6
RL2
RL3
RL4
RQ1
RQ2
RR1
RR10
RR11
RR12
RR13
RR14
RR15
RR16
RR17
RR18
RR19
RR2
RR20
RR21
RR22
RR23
RR24
RR25
RR26
RR27
RR28
RR29
RR3
RR30
RR31
RR32
RR32A
RR33
RR34
RR35
RR36
RR37
RR38
RR39
RR4
RR40
RR41
RR42
RR43
RR44
RR45
RR46
RR47
RR48
RR49
RR5
Part No
0407-000114
0407-000114
2401-002036
2401-000913
2401-002144
2401-000414
2401-002144
2401-000414
2401-000414
2401-002144
AH13-10030M
0801-002279
1202-000121
1201-000163
0801-002097
2703-000398
3301-000353
3301-000353
0501-000279
0504-000128
2007-000091
2007-001179
2007-000509
2007-000093
2007-001179
2007-000091
2007-001179
2007-000704
2007-000092
2007-000102
2007-000102
2007-000092
2007-000084
2007-000081
2007-000102
2007-000102
2007-000078
2007-000091
2007-000090
2007-000130
2007-000078
2007-000078
2007-000091
2007-000091
2007-001179
2007-000102
2007-000108
2007-000082
2007-000090
2007-000092
2007-000102
2007-000102
2007-000102
2007-000102
2007-000090
2007-000129
2007-000708
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000084
2007-000102
2007-000102
2007-000084
2007-001056
Description ; Specification
Remark
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTDIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTC-AL;1uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x11,2.5mm
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5
C-AL;10uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,4x7,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
IC-ASIC;-,KS1461,VQFP,100P,RF IC
IC-CMOS LOGIC;74VHC4053,MUX,SOP,16P,150M
IC-VOLTAGE COMP.;2903,SOP,8P,150MIL,DUAL
IC-OP AMP;4560,SOP,8P,150MIL,DUAL,100V/M
IC-CMOS LOGIC;7SET08,AND GATE,SOP,5P,110
INDUCTOR-SMD;10UH,10%,3.2X2.5X2.2MM
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSA1182-Y,PNP,150mW,SOTTR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP
R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;8.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;2.4Kohm,1%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;20Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;8.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;8.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;3.6Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;2.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;39Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;8.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;510Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;3.3Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;27Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;3.9Kohm,1%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;6.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
Samsung Electronics
Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
RR50
RR51
RR52
RR53
RR56
RR57
RR58
RR59
RR6
RR62
RR63
RR65
RR67
RR68
RR69
RR69A
RR7
RR70
RR71
RR8
RR9
SC1
SC10
SC11
SC14
SC15
SC16
SC17
SC18
SC19
SC2
SC20
SC21
SC26
SC29
SC3
SC30
SC31
SC32
SC33
SC34
SC36
SC37
SC38
SC39
SC4
SC5
SC6
SC7
SC9
SD2
SD3
SE1
SE2
SE3
SE4
SE5
SIC1
SIC2
SIC3
SIC8
SL2
SL3
SL4
SQ1
SR1
Part No
2007-000084
2007-000134
2007-000084
2007-001179
2007-000084
2007-000088
2007-000091
2007-000082
2007-000092
2007-000084
2007-000090
2007-000082
2007-000092
2007-000129
2007-000091
2007-000431
2007-000072
2007-000134
2007-000070
2007-000077
2007-000783
2203-000189
2203-001222
2203-000189
2203-000491
2203-000491
2203-000189
2203-000560
2203-000189
2203-000140
2203-001573
2203-000189
2203-001567
2203-002398
2203-000372
2203-001573
2203-000372
2203-000491
2203-000491
2203-000560
2203-000405
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000560
0407-000114
0407-000114
2401-002144
2401-002144
2401-002144
2401-000240
2401-000913
AH13-10030N
0801-002097
0801-002097
1202-000121
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
0504-000128
2007-000090
Samsung Electronics
Description ; Specification
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;8.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;7.5Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;3.3Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;3.3Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;27Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;16Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;47ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;470ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;820pF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;2.2nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;2.2nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1.5nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;12pF,5%,50V,CH,1608,1.6mm
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;10pF,0.5pF,50V,CH,1608,1.
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;15nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;12pF,5%,50V,CH,1608,1.6mm
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;15nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;2.2nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;2.2nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,1608
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;180pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTDIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTC-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
IC-ASIC;-,KS1452,QFP,80P,DSSP IC
IC-CMOS LOGIC;7SET08,AND GATE,SOP,5P,110
IC-CMOS LOGIC;7SET08,AND GATE,SOP,5P,110
IC-VOLTAGE COMP.;2903,SOP,8P,150MIL,DUAL
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
Remark
Loc.No
SR10
SR11
SR12
SR13
SR14
SR15
SR16
SR17
SR18
SR19
SR2
SR20
SR21
SR22
SR23
SR24
SR26
SR3
SR31
SR32
SR33
SR34
SR35
SR36
SR37
SR38
SR39
SR4
SR40
SR42
SR44
SR45
SR46
SR47
SR48
SR49
SR5
SR50
SR51
SR52
SR53
SR54
SR6
SR7
SR8
SR9
SY1
VC1
VC10
VC11
VC12
VC13
VC14
VC15
VC16
VC17
VC18
VC19
VC20
VC21
VC22
VC23
VC24
VC25
VC26
VC27
Part No
2007-000084
2007-000107
2007-001235
2007-000070
2007-000450
2007-000102
2007-000131
2007-000093
2007-000093
2007-000092
2007-000109
2007-000092
2007-000070
2007-000070
2007-000130
2007-000070
2007-000091
2007-000090
2007-000080
2007-000080
2007-000080
2007-000124
2007-000124
2007-000124
2007-000124
2007-000092
2007-000458
2007-001179
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000078
2007-000078
2007-000078
2007-000078
2007-000109
2007-000109
2007-000084
2007-000082
2007-000082
2007-000704
2007-000123
2007-000077
2007-000098
2007-000799
2007-000070
2007-000084
2801-000261
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
Description ; Specification
Remark
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;470Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;910Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;180ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;91Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;20Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;20Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Mohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;39Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;12Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;2.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;2.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;2.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;2.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;15Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;18Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;8.2Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Mohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Mohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;3.3Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;3.3Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;3.6Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1.5Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;470ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;56Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;360ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
CRYSTAL-UNIT;33.8688MHZ,50PPM,28-AAA,12P
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
9-3
Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
VC28
VC29
VC3
VC30
VC31
VC32
VC33
VC34
VC35
VC36
VC37
VC38
VC39
VC4
VC40
VC41
VC42
VC43
VC44
VC45
VC47
VC48
VC5
VC50
VC51
VC52
VC53
VC54
VC55
VC6
VC61
VC62
VC65
VC66
VC67
VC68
VC69
VC7
VC70
VC71
VC72
VC73
VC74
VC75
VC76
VC77
VC78
VC8
VC81
VC82
VC83
VC84
VC85
VC9
VE1
VE2
VIC1
VIC10
VIC10
VIC3
VIC4
VIC4
VIC6
VL1
VL10
VL11
9-4
Part No
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000560
2203-000560
2203-000560
2203-000560
2203-000189
2203-000560
2203-000560
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000189
2203-000626
2203-000681
2203-000189
2203-000560
2203-000560
2203-000560
2203-000560
2203-000560
2203-000560
2203-000189
2203-001636
2203-001636
2203-001636
2203-001636
2203-001636
2203-001636
2203-000626
2203-000189
2203-000626
2203-000626
2203-000626
2203-000626
2203-000626
2203-000626
2203-000626
2203-000626
2203-000626
2203-000189
2203-000851
2203-000851
2203-001071
2203-000236
2203-000236
2203-000189
2401-002165
2401-002165
1204-001438
1105-001165
1105-001259
0801-002097
1105-001165
1105-001259
AH14-10004R
3301-000353
2007-000029
3301-000353
Description ; Specification
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;27pF,5%,50V,NPO,1608,-,TP
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;33pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,1
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;33pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,1
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;33pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,1
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;33pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,1
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;33pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,1
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;33pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,1
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;39pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;39pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;56pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,1608,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,25V,Y5V,TP,
C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5
IC-DECODER;ZIVA-3,VQFP,208P,1098MIL,PLAS
IC-SDRAM;416S1020,512Kx16BITx2,TSOP,50P
IC-DRAM;416S1020,16BIT,TSOP,50P,400MIL,8
IC-CMOS LOGIC;7SET08,AND GATE,SOP,5P,110
IC-SDRAM;416S1020,512Kx16BITx2,TSOP,50P
IC-DRAM;416S1020,16BIT,TSOP,50P,400MIL,8
IC;M74HCU04,SOP,TAPE 14P
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,-
Remark
NTSC
PAL
NTSC
PAL
Loc.No
VL12
VL13
VL14
VL15
VL16
VL17
VL18
VL19
VL2
VL20
VL21
VL22
VL23
VL24
VL25
VL26
VL27
VL28
VL29
VL3
VL4
VL5
VL6
VR10
VR100
VR101
VR102
VR103
VR104
VR2
VR21
VR22
VR23
VR24
VR25
VR26
VR27
VR28
VR3
VR30
VR31
VR32
VR33
VR34
VR35
VR36
VR37
VR38
VR39
VR4
VR40
VR41
VR42
VR43
VR44
VR45
VR46
VR47
VR48
VR49
VR50
VR51
VR52
VR54
VR55
VR56
Part No
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
2007-000084
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000084
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000090
2007-000074
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000084
2007-000113
2007-000113
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000070
Description ; Specification
Remark
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;10Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;4.7Kohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;33ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
Samsung Electronics
Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
VR57
VR58
VR59
VR60
VR61
VR62
VR63
VR64
VR65
VR66
VR67
VR68
VR69
VR7
VR70
VR71
VR72
VR73
VR74
VR75
VR76
VR77
VR78
VR79
VR80
VR81
VR82
VR83
VR84
VR85
VR86
VR87
VR88
VR89
VR9
VR90
VR91
VR92
VR93
VR94
VR95
VR96
VR97
VR98
VR99
VY1
Part No
2007-000070
2007-000075
2007-000075
2007-000075
2007-000075
2007-000075
2007-000075
2007-000075
2007-000075
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000116
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000074
2007-000402
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-000109
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-001134
2007-000070
2801-003554
Samsung Electronics
Description ; Specification
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;220ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;120ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;100ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;150ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;1Mohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;68ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
R-CHIP;0ohm,5%,1/16W,DA,TP,1608
CRYSTAL-UNIT;27MHz,10ppm,28-AAM,12pF,40o
Remark
Loc.No
602
AC1
AC10
AC11
AC12
AC16
AC17
AC18
AC19
AC2
AC20
AC21
AC22
AC23
AC25
AC26
AC27
AC29
AC3
AC30
AC31
AC32
AC33
AC34
AC35
AC36
AC38
AC39
AC4
AC40
AC42
AC43
AC44
AC45
AC46
AC47
AC48
AC49
AC5
AC51
AC52
AC53
AC56
AC57
AC58
AC59
AC6
AC60
AC61
AC7
AC71
AC73
AC74
AC75
AC76
AC77
AC78
AC79
AC8
AC80
AC90
AC91
AC92
AC93
Part No
Description ; Specification
Remark
ASSY-PCB-JACK
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
2203-000444
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,2012,2202-000806
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;220pF,10%,50V,Y5P,TP
2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012,
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2202-002037
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,
DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000444
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,2012,- DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000444
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,2012,- DVD-909 ONLY
2202-000806
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;220pF,10%,50V,Y5P,TP DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2202-002037
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2202-002037
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000444 C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,2012,DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000595 C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012,
DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000444
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,2012,- DVD-909 ONLY
2202-000806
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;220pF,10%,50V,Y5P,TP DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000444
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,2012,2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000444
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,2012,- DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012,
2203-000444
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;1nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,2012,- DVD-909 ONLY
2202-000806
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;220pF,10%,50V,Y5P,TP DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP, DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
2202-002037
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
2203-000595
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012,
2202-002037
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
2202-002037
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
2301-000161
C-FILM,PEF;12nF,5%,50V,6.5X5.5X3.0X5,5mm
2301-000161
C-FILM,PEF;12nF,5%,50V,6.5X5.5X3.0X5,5mm
2301-000161
C-FILM,PEF;12nF,5%,50V,6.5X5.5X3.0X5,5mm DVD-909 ONLY
2301-000161
C-FILM,PEF;12nF,5%,50V,6.5X5.5X3.0X5,5mm DVD-909 ONLY
2301-000161
C-FILM,PEF;12nF,5%,50V,6.5X5.5X3.0X5,5mm DVD-909 ONLY
2301-000161
C-FILM,PEF;12nF,5%,50V,6.5X5.5X3.0X5,5mmDVD-909 ONLY
2301-000161
C-FILM,PEF;12nF,5%,50V,6.5X5.5X3.0X5,5mm DVD-909 ONLY
2203-000192
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
2301-000161
C-FILM,PEF;12nF,5%,50V,6.5X5.5X3.0X5,5mm DVD-909 ONLY
2202-000849
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
2202-000849
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3. DVD-909 ONLY
2202-000849
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3. DVD-909 ONLY
2202-000849
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3. DVD-909 ONLY
9-5
Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
AC94
AC95
AC98
AD1
AD10
AD12
AD13
AD14
AD15
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
AD8
AD9
AE1
AE10
AE11
AE12
AE13
AE14
AE15
AE16
AE17
AE18
AE19
AE2
AE20
AE21
AE22
AE23
AE24
AE25
AE26
AE27
AE28
AE29
AE3
AE30
AE31
AE32
AE33
AE34
AE35
AE36
AE37
AE38
AE39
AE4
AE40
AE5
AE6
AE7
AE8
AE9
AIC1
AIC2
AIC3
AIC4
AIC5
AL1
AL11
AL12
AL15
9-6
Part No
2202-000849
2202-000849
2203-000361
0407-000114
0407-000114
0407-000114
0407-000114
0407-000114
0407-000114
0407-000114
0407-000116
0401-000101
0401-000101
0407-000114
0407-000114
0407-000114
0407-000114
2401-002042
2401-002144
2401-002144
2401-002042
2401-002042
2401-002042
2401-002068
2401-002068
2401-000913
2401-002068
2401-002068
2401-002042
2401-000913
2401-002042
2401-002042
2401-002042
2401-002068
2401-002068
2401-000913
2401-002068
2401-002068
2401-000913
2401-002042
2401-000302
2401-001969
2401-002042
2401-002042
2401-002042
2401-002068
2401-002068
2401-000913
2401-002068
2401-002068
2401-002068
2401-000913
2401-002068
2401-000913
2401-002068
2401-002068
2401-000913
1002-001129
1002-001129
1002-001129
1002-001129
AH14-10004R
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
Description ; Specification
Remark
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;150pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012,
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTDIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,
DVD-909 ONLY
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3
DVD-909 ONLY
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,
DVD-909 ONLY
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,
DVD-909 ONLY
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,
DVD-909 ONLY
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTDIODE-ARRAY;DAP202K,80V,100mA,CK2-3,
DVD-909 ONLY
DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,100V,200mA,DO-35,
DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,100V,200mA,DO-35,
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTDIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOTDIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,
DVD-909 ONLY
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;470uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,10x12.5,5
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
DVD-909 ONLY
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;33uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
IC-D/A CONVERTER;AK4324VF,24BIT,VSOP,24P
IC-D/A CONVERTER;AK4324VF,24BIT,VSOP,24P DVD-909 ONLY
IC-D/A CONVERTER;AK4324VF,24BIT,VSOP,24P DVD-909 ONLY
IC-D/A CONVERTER;AK4324VF,24BIT,VSOP,24P DVD-909 ONLY
IC;M74HCU04,SOP,TAPE 14P
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,DVD-909 ONLY
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,DVD-909 ONLY
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,DVD-909 ONLY
Loc.No
AL16
AL19
AL2
AL20
AL21
AL22
AL5
AL6
AL7
AL8
AOP1
AOP2
AOP3
AOP4
AOP5
AQ1
AQ10
AQ11
AQ12
AQ13
AQ14
AQ15
AQ16
AQ17
AQ18
AQ19
AQ2
AQ20
AQ21
AQ22
AQ23
AQ24
AQ25
AQ26
AQ27
AQ28
AQ29
AQ3
AQ30
AQ31
AQ32
AQ33
AQ4
AQ5
AQ6
AQ7
AQ8
AQ9
AR1
AR10
AR100
AR101
AR104
AR106
AR107
AR108
AR109
AR11
AR110
AR111
AR112
AR113
AR116
AR118
AR119
AR12
Part No
3301-000353
2901-001125
3301-000353
2901-001125
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
3301-000353
1201-000163
1201-000163
1201-000163
1201-000163
1201-000163
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
0504-000118
0504-000118
0504-001003
0501-000341
0504-000156
0504-000128
0504-000156
0504-000128
0504-000156
0504-000128
0504-000156
0504-000128
0504-000156
0504-000128
0501-000341
0504-000156
0504-000128
0504-000156
0504-000128
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
2007-000290
2001-000878
2007-001055
2001-000290
2001-000429
2007-000766
2001-000878
2001-000878
2001-000331
2001-000878
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-000355
2001-000290
2001-000429
2007-000766
2007-000766
2007-001055
Description ; Specification
Remark
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,DVD-909 ONLY
FILTER-EMI ON BOARD;50V,0.5A,-,220pF,7x7
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,FILTER-EMI ON BOARD;50V,0.5A,-,220pF,7x7 DVD-909 ONLY
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,DVD-909 ONLY
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,DVD-909 ONLY
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,DVD-909 ONLY
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,DVD-909 ONLY
IC-OP AMP;4560,SOP,8P,150MIL,DUAL,100V/M
IC-OP AMP;4560,SOP,8P,150MIL,DUAL,100V/M DVD-909 ONLY
IC-OP AMP;4560,SOP,8P,150MIL,DUAL,100V/M DVD-909 ONLY
IC-OP AMP;4560,SOP,8P,150MIL,DUAL,100V/M DVD-909 ONLY
IC-OP AMP;4560,SOP,8P,150MIL,DUAL,100V/M
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW,SOTTR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;KSR1003,NPN,300MW,22K/22K,TOTR-DIGITAL;KSR1003,NPN,300MW,22K/22K,TOTR-DIGITAL;KSR2003,PNP,300MW,22K/22K,TOTR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW,SOTTR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K-22K
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP
TR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K-22K
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP DVD-909 ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K-22K DVD-909 ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP DVD-909 ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K-22K DVD-909 ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP DVD-909 ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K-22K DVD-909 ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW,SOTTR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K-22K DVD-909 ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP DVD-909 ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K-22K DVD-909 ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW,SOTTR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW, DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;100OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3. DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;330OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3. DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3. DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;12KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3. DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;12KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3. DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;330OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;330OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
Samsung Electronics
Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
Part No
AR121
AR13
AR130
AR131
AR132
AR133
AR134
AR138
AR14
AR15
AR150
AR151
AR152
AR153
AR154
AR155
AR156
AR18
AR19
AR2
AR20
AR21
AR22
AR23
AR24
AR25
AR26
AR27
AR28
AR29
AR30
AR31
AR32
AR33
AR34
AR35
AR36
AR37
AR38
AR39
AR40
AR41
AR42
AR43
AR44
AR45
AR46
AR47
AR48
AR49
AR50
AR51
AR52
AR53
AR54
AR55
AR56
AR57
AR58
AR59
AR60
AR61
AR62
AR63
AR64
AR65
2007-001247
2007-001055
2001-000281
2001-000281
2001-000281
2001-000281
2001-000281
2007-000029
2007-001055
2001-000290
2001-000429
2001-000429
2001-000429
2001-000429
2001-000429
2001-000429
2001-000429
2001-000429
2001-000429
2001-000281
2001-000003
2001-000878
2001-000878
2001-000878
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-000300
2001-000003
2001-000281
2001-000429
2001-000429
2007-000766
2007-000308
2001-000878
2001-000878
2001-000878
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-000300
2001-000003
2001-000281
2001-000429
2001-000429
2007-000766
2001-000878
2001-000878
2001-000878
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-000300
2001-000003
2001-000281
2001-000429
2001-000429
2007-000766
2007-000308
2001-000878
2001-000878
2001-000878
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-000300
Samsung Electronics
Description ; Specification
Remark
R-CHIP;91OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3. DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3. DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3. DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;10KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CHIP;330OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;10OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;10KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;330OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;10KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;330OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;10OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;10KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
Loc.No
AR66
AR67
AR68
AR69
AR70
AR71
AR72
AR73
AR74
AR75
AR76
AR77
AR78
AR79
AR8
AR80
AR81
AR82
AR83
AR84
AR85
AR86
AR87
AR88
AR89
AR9
AR90
AR91
AR92
AR93
AR94
AR95
AR96
AR97
AR98
AR99
AVJ1
AVJ2
AVJ3
AVJ4
AVJ5
AZD1
CN11
CN12
CN15
CN17
CN18
FC1
FC10
FC14
FC15
FC16
FC2
FC3
FC4
FC6
FD10
FD6
FD7
FD8
FD9
FE1
FE12
FE13
FE2
FE5
Part No
2001-000003
2001-000281
2001-000429
2001-000429
2007-000766
2001-000878
2001-000878
2001-000878
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-001055
2007-000300
2001-000003
2001-000281
2007-000308
2001-000429
2001-000429
2007-000766
2001-000003
2001-000281
2001-000429
2001-000003
2001-000281
2001-000429
2001-000003
2001-000878
2001-000241
2001-000281
2001-000281
2001-000281
2007-000308
2001-000878
2001-000878
2001-000878
2007-001055
2007-001055
3722-001355
3722-001353
3722-001352
3722-001053
3707-001005
0403-000551
3708-000277
AH39-00035A
3711-000665
AH39-00037A
3711-000967
2202-002037
2202-002037
2202-002037
2202-002037
2202-000173
2203-000389
2203-000389
2202-002037
2202-002037
0401-000101
0401-000101
0401-000101
0401-000101
0403-000551
2401-000913
2401-000240
2401-000240
2401-002144
2401-002144
Description ; Specification
Remark
R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;330OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;10KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;10OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;330OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
R-CARBON;1.5KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;10OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;6.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;6.2KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 ONLY
JACK-RCA;3P(4P),3.2MM,NI,GRN/RED/ DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
JACK-RCA;6P,3.2MM,NI,YEL/WHT/RED,DVD-909 ONLY
JACK-RCA;6P,3.2MM,NI,BLK/WHT/RED,DVD-909 ONLY
JACK-RCA;1P,3.2mm,NI,BLK,CONNECTOR-OPTICAL;PLUG,SM,-,4.4/2.0MM DVD-909 ONLY
DIODE-ZENER;MTZ3.9B,3.9V,3.89-4.16V,500m
CONNECTOR-FPC/FC/PIC;35P,1.25mm,ANGLE,SN
LEAD CONNECTOR-ASSY;-,5264-08,35023-08,8
CONNECTOR-HEADER;BOX,12P,1R,2mm,ANGLE DVD-909 ONLY
LEAD CONNECTOR-ASSY;-,51004-06,35023-06, DVD-909 ONLY
CONNECTOR-HEADER;BOX,4P,1R,2mm,ANGLE,SN
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;1nF,10%,50V,Y5P,TP,1
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;15pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;15pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,2012,C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,100V,200mA,DO-35,
DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,100V,200mA,DO-35,
DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,100V,200mA,DO-35,
DIODE-SWITCHING;1N4148,100V,200mA,DO-35,
DIODE-ZENER;MTZ3.9B,3.9V,3.89-4.16V,500m
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
C-AL;100uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
9-7
Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
FE8
FIC1
FIC2
FIC3
FIC4
FL1
FL2
FR1
FR10
FR101
FR102
FR103
FR104
FR105
FR106
FR11
FR12
FR13
FR16
FR17
FR18
FR19
FR20
FR21
FR24
FR25
FR26
FR31
FR32
FR33
FR34
FR35
FR36
FR37
FR43
FR44
FR45
FR46
FR5
FR53
FR54
FR57
FR58
FR59
FY1
HC01
HC01
HC02
HC02
HR03
HR04
JP203
JP204
JP211
JP213
JP214
JP215
JP216
JP217
JP219
JP220
JP221
JP224
JP226
JP228
JP229
9-8
Part No
2401-002144
AH09-00010A
1203-001252
0801-002166
AH59-60010A
2701-000114
2701-000113
2001-000273
2001-000281
2001-000273
2001-000273
2001-000273
2001-000273
2001-000273
2001-000273
2001-000281
2001-000281
2001-000281
2001-000027
2001-000027
2001-000449
2001-000449
2001-000449
2001-000435
2001-000281
2001-000780
2001-000281
2007-000282
2007-000282
2007-000282
2007-000282
2007-000282
2007-000282
2007-000282
2001-000793
2001-000429
2001-000429
2001-000273
2001-000325
2001-000273
2001-000273
2001-000290
2007-000029
2007-000029
2802-000108
2401-002299
2401-002075
2401-002299
2401-002075
2001-000273
2001-000273
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
Description ; Specification
Remark
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
IC-MICOM MASKING;LC866232,100PIN,QIP,FLT
IC-VOL. DETECTOR;7545,TO-92,3P,-,PLASTIC
IC-CMOS LOGIC;7SHU04,INVERTER,SSOP,5P,63
MODULE-REMOCON;-,GP1U281Q,38KHZ,940,MESH
INDUCTOR-AXIAL;10uH,10%,2.5x3.4mm
INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100uH,5%,2.5x3.4mm
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4X6.4MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4X6.4MM
R-CARBON;2.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;2.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;2.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1MOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CHIP;100KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;100KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;100KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;100KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;100KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;100KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;100KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CARBON;47OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;120OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
NTSC ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
RESONATOR-CERAMIC;12MHZ,0.5%,BK,10.0X5.0
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x7,5
NTSC
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x11,5
PAL
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x7,5
NTSC
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x11,5
PAL
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
Loc.No
JP230
JP231
JP232
JP233
JP236
JP238
JP239
JP240
JP242
JP246
JP312
JP317
JP324
JP325
JP97
PC01
PC02
PC04
PC05
PC07
PC09
PC10
PC11
PC12
PC13
PC14
PC15
PC44
PCN01
PCN01
PD01
PD02
PD03
PD04
PD11
PD12
PD3
PD31
PD32
PD33
PD34
PD35
PD37
PD38
PE10
PE11
PE12
PE13
PE3
PE31
PE32
PE33
PE35
PE36
PE37
PE38
PE39
PE4
PE41
PE42
PE43
PE44
PE6
PF0A
PF0A
PIC1
Part No
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2305-001021
2305-001021
2301-000140
2201-000129
2301-000129
2301-000415
2201-000916
2201-000916
2203-000575
2203-000575
2203-000575
2203-000575
2301-000129
3711-000178
3711-000190
0402-001009
0402-001009
0402-001009
0402-001009
0402-000378
0402-001013
0402-001013
0402-001013
0402-000430
0402-001251
0402-001251
0402-001013
0402-000132
0402-000132
2401-001353
2401-000302
2401-000302
2401-000302
2401-001682
2401-000302
2401-001998
2401-001998
2401-000360
2401-001998
2401-001134
2401-002144
2401-001134
2401-000302
2401-002036
2401-002144
2401-002144
2401-002036
2401-001583
3601-000403
3601-001123
1203-001721
Description ; Specification
Remark
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
C-FILM,MPEF;100nF,20%,275V,TP,17.5x7x13.
C-FILM,MPEF;100nF,20%,275V,TP,17.5x7x13.
C-FILM,PEF;10nF,10%,630V,BK,16.5X9.5X5.7
C-CERAMIC,DISC;100pF,10%,1KV,Y5P,TP,6x5,
C-FILM,PEF;100nF,5%,50V,TP,10X9X4.3X5,5m
C-FILM,PEF;22nF,5%,50V,TP,6.5x10.5x4mm,5
C-CERAMIC,DISC;100pF,10%,400V,Y5U,TP,10x
C-CERAMIC,DISC;100pF,10%,400V,Y5U,TP,10x
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220NF,10%,25V,X7R,TP,2012
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220NF,10%,25V,X7R,TP,2012
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220NF,10%,25V,X7R,TP,2012
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;220NF,10%,25V,X7R,TP,2012
C-FILM,PEF;100nF,5%,50V,TP,10X9X4.3X5,5m
CONNECTOR-HEADER;1WALL,2P,1R,3.96mm,STRA
NTSC
CONNECTOR-HEADER;1WALL,2P,1R,7.92mm,STRA
PAL
DIODE-RECTIFIER;1SR139,600V,1A,MSR,TP
DIODE-RECTIFIER;1SR139,600V,1A,MSR,TP
DIODE-RECTIFIER;1SR139,600V,1A,MSR,TP
DIODE-RECTIFIER;1SR139,600V,1A,MSR,TP
DIODE-RECTIFIER;EG01C,1000V,500mA,DO-41
DIODE-RECTIFIER;1SR153-400,400V,800mA,DO
DIODE-RECTIFIER;1SR153-400,400V,800mA,DO
DIODE-RECTIFIER;1SR153-400,400V,800mA,DO
DIODE-RECTIFIER;FML-G02S,200V,3.0A,TO-22
DIODE-RECTIFIER;FMG-22R,200V,10A,TO-220F
DIODE-RECTIFIER;FMG-22R,200V,10A,TO-220F
DIODE-RECTIFIER;1SR153-400,400V,800mA,DO
DIODE-RECTIFIER;1N4004,400V,1A,DO-41,TP
DIODE-RECTIFIER;1N4004,400V,1A,DO-41,TP
C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,8x11.5,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;82uF,20%,400V,GP,BK,22x25,10mm
C-AL;100uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;1000uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,10x20,5mm
C-AL;1000uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,10x20,5mm
C-AL;100uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,8x11.5,5
C-AL;1000uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,10x20,5mm
C-AL;330uF,20%,35V,WT,TP,10x16,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;330uF,20%,35V,WT,TP,10x16,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,25V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;1uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x11,2.5mm
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
C-AL;1uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x11,2.5mm
C-AL;47uF,20%,50V,WT,TP,6.3x11,5
FUSE-FERRULE;250V,1.6A,SLOW-BLOW,GLASS,5
NTSC
FUSE-FERRULE;250V,1.6A,TIME-LAG,CERAMIC,
PAL
IC-PWM CONTROLLER;STR-G6153T,T0-220,5P,1
Samsung Electronics
Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
PIC2
PIC3
PIC4
PIC5
PIC6
PL01
PL02
PL03
PL11
PQ1
PQ2
PQ21
PQ22
PQ23
PQ24
PQ3
PQ4
PR10
PR11
PR12
PR13
PR14
PR15
PR16
PR17
PR18
PR2
PR20
PR3
PR31
PR32
PR33
PR34
PR35
PR36
PR37
PR38
PR39
PR4
PR40
PR5
PR6
PR7
PT01
PVA01
PZD31
RC12
RC13
RL03
SCC1
SCC10
SCC11
SCC12
SCC13
SCC14
SCC2
SCC3
SCC4
SCC5
SCC6
SCC7
SCC8
SCC9
SCD1
SCD2
SCD3
Part No
0604-000186
AC14-12006D
1203-000122
1203-001697
1203-001083
AC29-30050A
AC27-92001Q
3301-000297
3301-000297
0501-000398
0501-000616
0504-000142
0504-000118
0502-000298
0502-000298
0504-000118
0504-000142
2006-000262
2001-000073
2001-000073
2001-000073
2001-000073
2003-000273
2003-000273
2003-000148
2001-000666
2003-000148
2001-000429
2001-000734
2001-000034
2001-000429
2001-000429
2001-000440
2001-000362
2001-000221
2001-000429
2004-000869
2004-000459
2001-000429
2003-000111
2001-000281
2001-000429
2001-000429
AH26-00008A
1405-000186
0403-000717
2201-000812
2201-000812
3301-000297
2203-000192
2203-000239
2202-002037
2203-000192
2202-002037
2203-000192
2203-000192
2202-000121
2202-000121
2202-000121
2202-000121
2203-000239
2203-000239
2203-000239
0407-000114
0407-000114
0407-000114
Samsung Electronics
Description ; Specification
Remark
PHOTO-COUPLER;TR,-,200mW,DIP-4,ST
IC;KA431Z,TO-92,TAPING
IC-NEGA.FIXED REG.;7908,TO-220,3P,-,PLAS
IC-VOLTAGE REGULATOR;78R08,TO-220,4P,-,P
IC-VOLTAGE REGULATOR;3RF23,TO-202,4P,12.
FILTER-LINE NOISE;-,400UH,-,250V,COIL-LINE FILTER;BSF-2120Z,25MH,-,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AA,3.6x1.2x5.7mm,1400,
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AA,3.6x1.2x5.7mm,1400,
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC945,NPN,250mW,TO-92 NTSC ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC2328A-Y,NPN,1W,TO-92L NTSC ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;KSR2001,PNP,300MW,4.7K/4.7K,T
TR-DIGITAL;KSR1003,NPN,300MW,22K/22K,TOTR-POWER;KSD73,NPN,30W,TO-220,-,120-240
TR-POWER;KSD73,NPN,30W,TO-220,-,120-240
TR-DIGITAL;KSR1003,NPN,300MW,22K/22K,TO- NTSC ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;KSR2001,PNP,300MW,4.7K/4.7K,T
NTSC ONLY
R-CEMENT;2.7ohm,10%,2W,CB,ST,7.5x11x20.
R-CARBON;33KOHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4X6.4MM
R-CARBON;33KOHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4X6.4MM
R-CARBON;33KOHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4X6.4MM
R-CARBON;33KOHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4X6.4MM
R-METAL OXIDE;33Kohm,5%,2W,AA,TP,6x16mm
R-METAL OXIDE;33Kohm,5%,2W,AA,TP,6x16mm
R-METAL OXIDE;100OHM,5%,2W,AE,TP,6X16MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-METAL OXIDE;100OHM,5%,2W,AE,TP,6X16MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;4.7KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
NTSC ONLY
R-CARBON;220OHM,5%,1/4W,AA,TP,2.4X6.4MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;150OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-METAL;3Kohm,1%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8x3.2mm
R-METAL;2.2Kohm,1%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8x3.2m
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
NTSC ONLY
R-METAL OXIDE;0.47ohm,5%,1W,AD,TP,4.3x12
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
NTSC ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
NTSC ONLY
R-CARBON;1KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
TRANS-SWITCHING;-,85V-240V,UL/CSA,EE2821
VARISTOR;470V,4500A,17x12mm,TP
DIODE-ZENER;MTZJ5.1B,5.1V,4.94-5.2V,500m
C-CERAMIC,DISC;2.2nF,20%,400V,Y5U,BK,11x
C-CERAMIC,DISC;2.2nF,20%,400V,Y5U,BK,11x
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AA,3.6x1.2x5.7mm,1400,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V, DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100pF,5%,50V,NPO,
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V, DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100pF,10%,50V,Y5P,TP
PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100pF,10%,50V,Y5P,TP
PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100pF,10%,50V,Y5P DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100pF,10%,50V,Y5P, DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100pF,5%,50V,NPO,TP,
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2- DVD-909 PAL ONLY
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOT- PAL ONLY
DIODE-ARRAY;DAN202K,80V,100mA,CA2-3,SOT- PAL ONLY
Loc.No
SCE1
SCE10
SCE11
SCE12
SCE13
SCE14
SCE15
SCE16
SCE17
SCE2
SCE3
SCE4
SCE5
SCE6
SCE7
SCE8
SCE9
SCIC1
SCIC2
SCIC3
SCIC4
SCIC5
SCIC6
SCJ1
SCL1
SCL10
SCL11
SCL2
SCL3
SCL4
SCQ1
SCQ10
SCQ11
SCQ12
SCQ13
SCQ14
SCQ17
SCQ18
SCQ19
SCQ2
SCQ3
SCQ4
SCQ5
SCQ6
SCQ7
SCQ8
SCQ9
SCR1
SCR10
SCR11
SCR12
SCR13
SCR14
SCR15
SCR16
SCR17
SCR18
SCR19
SCR2
SCR20
SCR21
SCR22
SCR23
SCR24
SCR25
SCR26
Part No
2401-002075
2401-000369
2401-000913
2401-000369
2401-000913
2401-000369
2401-000913
2401-002042
2401-001353
2401-000913
2401-000369
2401-002075
2401-000913
2401-000369
2401-002144
2401-002144
2401-002144
AH14-10004T
AH14-10004T
AH14-10004T
1201-001063
AH14-10004T
1201-001419
3722-001354
2701-000181
3301-000353
3301-000353
2701-000181
2701-000181
2701-000181
0504-000128
0504-000156
0504-000128
0504-000156
0504-000128
0504-000156
0501-000341
0501-000341
0501-000341
0504-000156
0504-000128
0504-000128
0501-000314
0501-000341
0501-000314
0504-000128
0504-000128
2001-000734
2007-001118
2001-000281
2001-000958
2001-000281
2001-000780
2001-000969
2001-000281
2001-000958
2001-000969
2001-000857
2007-000981
2001-000857
2001-000857
2001-000857
2007-001201
2007-001201
2007-001166
2007-001201
Description ; Specification
Remark
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x11,5
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-AL;100UF,20%,6.3V,GP,-,6.3X11,5
PAL ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
PAL ONLY
C-AL;100UF,20%,6.3V,GP,-,6.3X11,5
PAL ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
PAL ONLY
C-AL;100UF,20%,6.3V,GP,-,6.3X11,5
PAL ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
PAL ONLY
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
PAL ONLY
C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,8x11.5,5
PAL ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-AL;100UF,20%,6.3V,GP,-,6.3X11,5
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,50V,GP,TP,5x11,5
PAL ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
PAL ONLY
C-AL;100UF,20%,6.3V,GP,-,6.3X11,5
PAL ONLY
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
PAL ONLY
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
PAL ONLY
C-AL;47uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11,5
PAL ONLY
IC-ANALOG M/PLEXER;MC14053BD,SOP, DVD-909 PAL ONLY
IC-ANALOG M/PLEXER;MC14053BD,SOP, DVD-909 PAL ONLY
IC-ANALOG M/PLEXER;MC14053BD,SOP,TAPE 16 PAL ONLY
IC-OP AMP;2267,SOP,8P,300MIL,DUAL,6.7dB,
PAL ONLY
IC-ANALOG M/PLEXER;MC14053BD,SOP, DVD-909 PAL ONLY
IC-VIDEO AMP;7660,SSOP,16P,173MIL,3,6DB,
PAL ONLY
JACK-SCART;42P/2R,-,SN,BLK,PAL ONLY
INDUCTOR-AXIAL;33UH,5%,2.4X3.4MM
PAL ONLY
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,PAL ONLY
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,PAL ONLY
INDUCTOR-AXIAL;33UH,5%,2.4X3.4MM
PAL ONLY
INDUCTOR-AXIAL;33UH,5%,2.4X3.4MM
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
INDUCTOR-AXIAL;33UH,5%,2.4X3.4MM
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP
PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K DVD-909 PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP
PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K-22KDVD-909 PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23, DVD-909 PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K DVD-909 PAL ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW,SOT- PAL ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW,SOT- PAL ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW,SOT- PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;DTA124EKA,PNP,200mW,22K-22K
PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP
PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP
PAL ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSA812,PNP,150mW,SOT-23, PAL ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSC1623-L,NPN,200mW,SOT- PAL ONLY
TR-SMALL SIGNAL;KSA812,PNP,150mW,SOT-23, PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23,TP
PAL ONLY
TR-DIGITAL;-,NPN,200MW,22K/22K,SOT-23 DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;4.7KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;680OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;750OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;750OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;560OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;5.6KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;560OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;560OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;560OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;820OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;820OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;75OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;820OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
9-9
Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
SCR27
SCR28
SCR32
SCR33
SCR34
SCR35
SCR36
SCR37
SCR4
SCR42
SCR43
SCR44
SCR45
SCR46
SCR5
SCR50
SCR51
SCR52
SCR53
SCR54
SCR55
SCR6
SCR66
SCR67
SCR7
SCR8
SCR9
SVJ1
VC1
VC10
VC100
VC101
VC102
VC103
VC104
VC105
VC105
VC106
VC11
VC12
VC13
VC14
VC2
VC3
VC4
VC5
VC6
VC7
VC8
VC9
VE51
VE54
VE55
VE58
VE58A
VE60
VE61
VE66
VE67
VE69
VE70
VE71
VE72
VE73
VFD1
VIC50
9-10
Part No
2007-001201
2007-001166
2007-001166
2007-001166
2007-001166
2007-001166
2007-001166
2001-000969
2007-000981
2001-000969
2007-000030
2007-000468
2007-000300
2007-000300
2007-000686
2007-000774
2007-000774
2007-000774
2007-000981
2007-000981
2007-000981
2007-000686
2007-000872
2007-000872
2007-000518
2007-000981
2007-000686
3722-001375
2203-000192
2202-000849
2203-000192
2203-000192
2202-002037
2202-002037
2202-002037
2007-000029
2203-000192
2203-000192
2202-000849
2202-000849
2202-000849
2202-000849
2203-000192
2203-000192
2202-000849
2202-000849
2202-000849
2202-000849
2202-000849
2202-000849
2401-002042
2401-000369
2401-000913
2401-000369
2401-000913
2401-001353
2401-000913
2401-001353
2401-000913
2401-001353
2401-002042
2401-002042
2401-002042
2401-002042
AH07-00002A
1204-001366
Description ; Specification
Remark
R-CHIP;820OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;75OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;75OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;75OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;75OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;75OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;75OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;5.6KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;560OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;1KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;10KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
DVD-909 PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;10KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;3.3KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;33KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;33KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;33KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;5.6KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;5.6KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;5.6KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;3.3KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;4.7KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;4.7KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;2.7KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;5.6KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CHIP;3.3KOHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
JACK-DIN;4P,-,NI,BLK,C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
NTSC
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
PAL
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
PAL ONLY
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,+80-20%,50V,Y5V,TP,
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;18pF,5%,50V,CH,TP,3.
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;100UF,20%,6.3V,GP,-,6.3X11,5
DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
C-AL;100UF,20%,6.3V,GP,-,6.3X11,5
DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,8x11.5,5
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,8x11.5,5
C-AL;22uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,5x11mm,2.5m
C-AL;470uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,8x11.5,5
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
C-AL;220uF,20%,10V,GP,TP,6.3x11,5
VF-DISPLAY;SVV-08M,21SEG,25X100MM,DVD-90
IC-VIDEO ENCODER;SAA7128,QFP,44P,-,PLAST
Loc.No
VIC51
VIC52
VL100
VL110
VL111
VL112
VL113
VL115
VL116
VL117
VL118
VL119
VR10
VR100
VR108
VR109
VR11
VR110
VR111
VR112
VR113
VR114
VR115
VR116
VR117
VR12
VR121
VR122
VR123
VR125
VR13
VR130
VR131
VR132
VR133
VR14
VR146
VR15
VR16
VR17
VR175
VR176
VR177
VR178
VR18
VR192
VR193
VR3
VR4
VR4
VR5
VR5
VR7
VR8
VR9
VSW1
Part No
1201-001419
1201-001419
3301-000353
3301-000297
3301-000297
3301-000353
2701-000138
2701-000002
2701-000002
2701-000002
2701-000002
3301-000353
2001-000008
2001-000281
2001-000969
2001-000666
2001-000008
2001-000666
2001-000666
2001-000666
2001-000666
2001-000666
2001-000666
2001-000666
2001-000969
2001-000591
2007-000572
2001-000515
2001-000290
2001-000290
2001-000591
2001-000969
2001-000780
2001-000780
2001-000780
2001-000591
2001-000969
2001-000734
2001-000734
2001-000666
2001-000969
2001-000554
2001-000780
2001-000003
2001-000666
2001-000969
2001-000969
2001-000258
2001-000221
2001-000258
2001-000221
2001-000258
2001-000977
2001-000977
2001-000008
3408-000277
Description ; Specification
Remark
IC-VIDEO AMP;7660,SSOP,16P,173MIL,
DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
IC-VIDEO AMP;7660,SSOP,16P,173MIL,3,6DB,
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AA,3.6x1.2x5.7mm,1400,
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AA,3.6x1.2x5.7mm,1400,
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,INDUCTOR-AXIAL;18uH,5%,2.4x3.4mm
INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100uH,10%,4.2x9.8mm
INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100uH,10%,4.2x9.8mm
INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100uH,10%,4.2x9.8mm
PAL ONLY
INDUCTOR-AXIAL;100uH,10%,4.2x9.8mm
PAL ONLY
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,2.0x1.25x0.9mm,-,R-CARBON;15KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;100OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;15KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
R-CARBON;3.3KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CHIP;220OHM,5%,1/10W,DA,TP,2012
PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;220OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;3.3KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;3.3KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3 DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
R-CARBON;4.7KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;4.7KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;270OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;470OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;330OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;75OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3
DVD-909 ONLY
R-CARBON;1.8KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM PAL ONLY
R-CARBON;1.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
NTSC
R-CARBON;1.8KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
PAL
R-CARBON;1.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
NTSC
R-CARBON;1.8KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
PAL
R-CARBON;8.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,
DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
R-CARBON;8.2KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP
DVD-909 NTSC ONLY
R-CARBON;15KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
SWITCH-SLIDE;50V,300mA,DP3T,-,KSA-2372
PAL ONLY
Samsung Electronics
Electrical Parts List
Loc.No
Part No
701
CON23
CON23-A
HP2
HPJ01
HR1
KC1
KC2
KCE10
KCE11
KCE8
KCE9
KD1
KOP03
KR3
KR32
KR33
KR34
KR35
KR4
KSW1
KVR4
3711-001062
AH39-00030A
2001-000666
3722-000345
2001-000666
2202-002037
2202-002037
2401-001226
2401-001226
2401-002009
2401-002009
0601-001238
1201-000191
2001-000290
2001-000331
2001-000734
2001-000331
2001-000734
2001-000290
3404-000160
2101-001054
701
CON24
KD2
KSW2
702
CON22
FSW1
FSW2
FSW4
FSW5
FSW6
CONNECTOR-HEADER;BOX,6P,1R,2mm,STRAIGHT,
LEAD CONNECTOR-ASSY;-,51004-04,35023-04,
R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
JACK-PHONE;3P,6.4mm,AG,BLK,R-CARBON;33OHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
C-CERAMIC,MLC-AXIAL;100nF,80-20%,50V,Y5V
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,16V,BP,TP,4x7,5mm
C-AL;4.7uF,20%,16V,BP,TP,4x7,5mm
C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5
C-AL;100uF,20%,16V,GP,TP,6.3x7,5
LED;ROUND,RED,3.1mm,697nm
IC-OP AMP;4558,DIP,8P,300MIL,DUAL,20V/mV
R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;12KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;4.7KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;12KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;4.7KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
R-CARBON;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,AA,TP,1.8X3.2MM
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6.55x7.
VR-ROTARY;10KOHM,20%,1/20W,SIDE
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
DE1
DE2
DJP1
DJP10
DJP11
DJP12
DJP13
DJP14
DJP15
DJP16
DJP17
DJP18
DJP19
DJP2
DJP20
DJP21
DJP22
DJP3
DJP4
DJP5
DJP6
DJP7
DJP8
DJP9
DL1
DLED
DR1
DR2
DR3
DR4
DR5
SW1
SW2
SW3
LEAD CONNECTOR-ASSY;-,51004-04,35023-04,
LED;ROUND,RED,3.1mm,697nm
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
LEAD CONNECTOR-ASSY;-,51004-12,35023-12,
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
JOG-SHUTTLE DIAL;-,-,-,-,-,SRGPPJ-012A
ASSY-PCB-PLAY;DVD-709
AH39-00028A
3404-000165
3404-000165
3404-000165
3404-000165
3404-000165
Samsung Electronics
Loc.No
202
ASSY-PCB-PLAY;DVD-909
AH39-00029A
3404-000165
3404-000165
3404-000165
3404-000165
3404-000165
AC21-12001A
Remark
ASSY-PCB-PHONE POWER;DVD-909
ASSY-PCB-POWER;DVD-709
AH39-00033A
0601-001238
3404-000165
702
CON21
FSW1
FSW2
FSW3
FSW4
FSW7
JOG01
Description ; Specification
LEAD CONNECTOR-ASSY;-,51004-06,35023-06,
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
SWITCH-TACT;12V,50mA,160gf+-50gf,6x6mm,S
Part No
Description ; Specification
Remark
ASSY-PCB-DECK;DP-3
3708-001081
3708-001001
3711-000827
3708-001108
3708-001084
2203-000208
2203-000208
2203-000208
2203-000612
2404-000259
2404-000259
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
2007-000033
3301-000325
0601-001372
2007-000800
2007-000451
2007-000451
2007-000303
2007-000303
AH34-30001A
3403-001001
3408-000323
CONNECTOR-FPC/FC/PIC;11P,1mm,STRAIGHT,SN
CONNECTOR-FPC/FC/PIC;20P,1mm,SMD-A,SN
CONNECTOR-HEADER:BOX,2P,1R,2mm,STRAIGHT,
CONNECTOR-FPC/FC/PIC;8P,1.0MM,ANGLE,SN
CONNECTOR-FPC/FC/PIC;40P,1.25mm,ANGLE,SN
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,3216
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,3216
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;100nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,3216
C-CERAMIC,CHIP;22nF,10%,50V,X7R,TP,3216,
C-TA,CHIP;47uF,20%,6.3V,-,TP,6032,C-TA,CHIP;47uF,20%,6.3V,-,TP,6032,R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;0OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
CORE-FERRITE BEAD;AB,3.2x2.5x1.3mm,-,LED;ROUND,GRN,3.5MM,621NM
R-CHIP;360ohm,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;180OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;180OHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
R-CHIP;10KOHM,5%,1/8W,DA,TP,3216
SWITCH-PUSH;2EA,6.65X7.5,-,DC5V
SWITCH-PUSH;5V,5mA,-,OFF-ON
SWITCH-SLIDE;SSSS712GD011/12VDC 100ma
9-11
Electrical Parts List
MEMO
9-12
Samsung Electronics
10. Block Diagrams
10-1 NTSC DVD-909
DECK ASS'Y
MIC8 8M EPROM
2K EEPROM
Remote Control
MIC1
(TMP93CM41F)
Main Controller
FIC1
(LC86P6232)
Front Controller
Optical
Coaxial
Pick-UP
& I/V Amp
Disc
Motor
Disc Motor
Driver
Feed
Motor
RIC1
(KS1461)
RF Amp & DPD
Actuator &
Motor Driver
DIC2 4M DRAM
VIC4/10 32M SDRAM
AIC4
(AK4324)
Audio DAC
LPF
AMP
S/W
LPF
AMP
C/T
AIC3
(AK4324)
Audio DAC
LPF
AMP
R/L
LPF
AMP
R/R
AIC2
(AK4324)
Audio DAC
LPF
AMP
F/L
LPF
AMP
F/R
L1T
AIC1
(AK4324)
Audio DAC
DIC1
(KS1453)
DVD & CD Processor
LPF
AMP
L2T
LPF
AMP
R1T
VIC1
(ZiVA-3)
A/V Decoder
R2T
SIC1
(KS1452)
Digital Servo
CVBS1
AMP
CVBS2
AMP
VIC50
(SAA7128)
Video Encoder
Samsung Electronics
Yout
Cout
AMP
AMP
Y
AMP
Pb
AMP
Pr
10-1
Block Diagrams
10-2 NTSC DVD-709
DECK ASS'Y
2K EEPROM
Remote Control
MIC8 8M EPROM
MIC1
(TMP93CM41F)
Main Controller
FIC1
(LC86P6232)
Front Controller
DIC2 4M DRAM
VIC4/10 32M SDRAM
Pick-UP
& I/V Amp
Disc
Motor
Disc Motor
Driver
Feed
Motor
RIC1
(KS1461)
RF Amp & DPD
Actuator &
Motor Driver
Coaxial
DIC1
(KS1453)
DVD & CD Processor
VIC1
(ZiVA-3)
A/V Decoder
AIC1
(AK4324)
Audio DAC
LPF
AMP
LT
LPF
AMP
RT
AMP
CVBS
AMP
Yout
Cout
SIC1
(KS1452)
Digital Servo
VIC50
(SAA7128)
Video Encoder
AMP
10-2
Samsung Electronics
Block Diagrams
10-3 PAL DVD-909
DECK ASS'Y
MIC8 8M EPROM
2K EEPROM
Remote Control
MIC1
(TMP93CM41F)
Main Controller
FIC1
(LC86P6232)
Front Controller
Optical
Coaxial
Pick-UP
& I/V Amp
Disc
Motor
Disc Motor
Driver
Feed
Motor
RIC1
(KS1461)
RF Amp & DPD
Actuator &
Motor Driver
DIC2 4M DRAM
VIC4/10 32M SDRAM
AIC4
(AK4324)
Audio DAC
LPF
AMP
S/W
LPF
AMP
C/T
AIC3
(AK4324)
Audio DAC
LPF
AMP
R/L
LPF
AMP
R/R
AIC2
(AK4324)
Audio DAC
LPF
AMP
F/L
LPF
AMP
F/R
L1T
AIC1
(AK4324)
Audio DAC
DIC1
(KS1453)
DVD & CD Processor
LPF
AMP
L2T
LPF
AMP
R1T
VIC1
(ZiVA-3)
A/V Decoder
R2T
SIC1
(KS1452)
Digital Servo
CVBS1
AMP
CVBS2
AMP
VIC50
(SAA7128)
Video Encoder
Yout
Cout
AMP
AMP
Y
AV1
AMP
Pb
AV2
AMP
Pr
RCA JACK
SCART JACK
OPTION
Samsung Electronics
10-3
Block Diagrams
10-4 PAL DVD-709
DECK ASS'Y
2K EEPROM
Remote Control
MIC8 8M EPROM
MIC1
(TMP93CM41F)
Main Controller
FIC1
(LC86P6232)
Front Controller
DIC2 4M DRAM
VIC4/10 32M SDRAM
Pick-UP
& I/V Amp
Disc
Motor
Disc Motor
Driver
Feed
Motor
RIC1
(KS1461)
RF Amp & DPD
Actuator &
Motor Driver
Coaxial
DIC1
(KS1453)
DVD & CD Processor
VIC1
(ZiVA-3)
A/V Decoder
AIC1
(AK4324)
Audio DAC
SIC1
(KS1452)
Digital Servo
VIC50
(SAA7128)
Video Encoder
LPF
AMP
LT
LPF
AMP
RT
AMP
CVBS
AMP
Yout
Cout
AMP
AMP
AMP
AV
AMP
10-4
Samsung Electronics
11. PCB Diagrams
11-1 Main - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11-2
11-2 Jack - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11-3
11-3 Phone/Power (DVD-909 Only) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11-4
11-4 Power (DVD-709 Only) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11-4
11-5 Play - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11-4
11-6 Deck - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11-4
Samsung Electronics
11-1
PCB Diagrams
11-2
SOLDER SIDE
COMPONENT SIDE
11-1 Main
Samsung Electronics
PCB Diagrams
11-2 Jack
Samsung Electronics
11-3
PCB Diagrams
11-3 Phone/Power (DVD-909 Only)
11-6 Deck
11-4 Power (DVD-709 Only)
11-5 Play
11-4
Samsung Electronics
12. Wiring Diagram
MAIN PCB
JACK PCB
DVD-909
(DVD-709)
<PIN1 ~ 6>
(DVD-909)
<PIN1 ~ 12>
DVD-709
PHONE/POWER PCB
(DVD-909 ONLY)
(DVD-909)
<PIN1 ~ 12>
(DVD-709)
<PIN1 ~ 6>
PLAY PCB
DECK PCB
POWER PCB
(DVD-709 ONLY)
Samsung Electronics
12-1
Wiring Diagram
MEMO
12-2
Samsung Electronics
13. Schematic Diagrams
Block Identification of PCB
13-1 S.M.P.S. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-2
13-2 Main Power Supply - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-3
13-3 Main Micom - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-4
13-4 Servo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-5
13-5 Video - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-6
13-6 Audio- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-7
13-7 5.1 Channel Audio (DVD-909 Only) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-8
13-8 RF - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-9
13-9 ZiVA - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-10
13-10 DSP - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-11
13-11 Front Micom/VFD Display - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-12
13-12 Component (DVD-909 Only ; Option) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-13
13-13 Scart Jack (DVD-909 PAL Only) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-14
13-14 Mute - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-15
13-15 Play & Phone/Power (DVD-909 Only) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-16
13-16 Play & Power (DVD-709 Only) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-16
13-17 Deck - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-17
13-18 Remote Control - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13-18
Main PCB (Component Side)
Jack PCB (Conductor Side)
Samsung Electronics
13-1
Schematic Diagrams
13-1 S.M.P.S.
13-2
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagrams
13-2 Main Power Supply
Samsung Electronics
13-3
Schematic Diagrams
13-3 Main Micom
13-4
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagrams
13-4 Servo
Samsung Electronics
13-5
Schematic Diagrams
13-5 Video
(DVD-909 OPTION)
(DVD-909 OPTION)
Y Output
13-6
C Output
CVBS Output
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagrams
13-6 Audio
(DVD-909 OPTION)
Samsung Electronics
13-7
Schematic Diagrams
13-7 5.1 Channel Audio (DVD-909 Only)
13-8
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagrams
13-8 RF
Samsung Electronics
13-9
Schematic Diagrams
13-9 ZiVA
13-10
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagrams
13-10 DSP
Samsung Electronics
13-11
Schematic Diagrams
13-11 Front Micom/VFD Display
U.S.A.
FRANCE
CON23-A (DVD-909)
CON24 (DVD-709)
TO KEY CN18
CN15
(DVD-909 ; PIN12)
CN16 (DVD-709 ; PIN6)
TO KEY CON22 (PIN6)
TO KEY CON21
(PIN12)
13-12
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagrams
13-12 Component (DVD-909 Only ; Option)
Samsung Electronics
13-13
Schematic Diagrams
13-13 Scart Jack (DVD-909 PAL Only)
R Output (Scart Jack)
13-14
G Output (Scart Jack)
B Output (Scart Jack)
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagrams
13-14 Mute
Samsung Electronics
13-15
Schematic Diagrams
13-15 Play & Phone/Power (DVD-909 Only)
PLAY
PHONE/POWER
13-16 Play & Power (DVD-709 Only)
PLAY
13-16
POWER
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagrams
13-17 Deck
Samsung Electronics
13-17
Schematic Diagrams
13-18 Remote Control
13-18
Samsung Electronics
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 2
S afety Information
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
This symbol indicates “dangerous voltage” inside the
product that presents a risk
of electric shock or personal injury.
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC
SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE THE
COVER(OR BACK).
NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS ARE
INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.
This symbol indicates
important instructions
accompanying the product.
CAUTION: DVD PLAYERS USE AN INVISIBLE LASER BEAM WHICH CAN CAUSE
HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE IF DIRECTED.
BE SURE TO OPERATE PLAYER CORRECTLY AS INSTRUCTED.
CAUTIONS
Caution: To prevent electric shock, match wide blade of plug to wide slot, fully insert.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of fire or shock hazard, do not expose this DVD player to
rain or moisture.
CAUTION
THIS PRODUCT UTILIZES A
LASER. USE OF CONTROLS OR
ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES
OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED
HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
DO NOT OPEN COVER AND DO
NOT REPAIR YOURSELF. REFER
SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.
To prevent electromagnetic interference with electric appliances, such as radios and televisions, use shielded cables and connectors for connections.
Note:
Caution
Protect the unit from damp and excess heat. Disconnect the power cable from the mains
electricity supply when the unit malfunctions.
In particular, you should ensure that the motor driven disc drawer is not prevented from
moving properly. If the disc loading system is hindered, the loading mechanism may be
damaged. Install the DVD player horizontally, away from a source of heat (fireplace) or
equipment creating strong magnetic or electric fields.
• Do not place anything heavy on it.
• Do not stack components on it.
CAUTION
The battery used in this product contains the chemicals that are
harmful to the environment.
Do not dispose of batteries in the
general household waste.
It is recommended that the replacement
of the battery should be done by a
technician.
• This unit can be used only where the
power supply is AC 110-240V,
50/60Hz. It cannot be used elsewhere.
• This DVD player is designed and
manufactured to respond to the
Region Management Information. If
the Region number of a DVD disc
does not correspond to the Region
number of this DVD player, this DVD
player cannot play the disc.
• This device is protected by U.S.
patent numbers 4,631,603 and
4,577,216 and 4,819,098 and other
intellectual property rights. The use
of Macrovision’s copy protection
technology in the device must be
authorized by Macrovision and is
intended for home and other limited
pay-per-view uses only, unless otherwise authorized in writing by
Macrovision. Reverse engineering or
disassembly is prohibited.
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
LUOKAN 1 LASER LAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
2
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
C are
Page 3
& Maintenance
For trouble free operation, follow the instructions shown below.
Handling Cautions
• Before connecting other components to this player, be sure to turn them all off.
Accessories
Remote Control
• Do not move the player while a disc is being played, or the disc may be scratched or
broken, and the player’s internal parts may be damaged.
• Do not put a flower vase filled with water or any small metal objects on the
player.
• Be careful not to put your hand into the disc tray.
• Do not place anything other than the disc in the disc tray.
• Exterior interference such as lightning and static electricity can affect normal operation of this player. If this occurs, turn the player off and on again with the POWER
button, or disconnect and then reconnect the AC power cord to the AC power outlet.
The player will operate normally.
Batteries for
Remote Control
(AA Size)
• Be sure to remove the disc and turn off the player after use.
• Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC outlet when you don’t intend to use the
player for long periods of time.
• Clean the disc by wiping in a straight line from the inside to the outside of the disc.
Video/Audio
Connection Cable
Disc Storage
Be careful not to harm the disc because the data on these discs is highly vulnerable to
the environment.
• Do not keep under direct sunlight.
• Keep in a cool ventilated area.
• Store vertically.
• Keep in a clean protection jacket.
S-Video Cable
Maintenance of Cabinet
User’s Manual
For safety reasons, be sure to disconnect the AC power cord from the AC outlet.
• Do not use benzene, thinner, or other solvents for cleaning.
• Wipe the cabinet with a soft cloth.
Formation of Condensation
Due to sharp changes in temperature and humidity, condensation may form if warm air comes in contact with any cold parts inside the player.
• When condensation forms inside the player, the player may not operate correctly. If this occurs, leave the player at room temperature until the
inside of the player becomes dry and operational.
• If condensation forms on a disc, wipe the disc with a soft and dry cloth by moving the cloth from the center hole toward the outer edge.
3
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 5
Disc Features ..........................................................6
Disc Type and Characteristics ................................7
Description ..............................................................8
• Front Panel (DVD-909) ................................................8
• Front Panel (DVD-709) ................................................9
• Rear Panel (DVD-909) ..............................................10
• Rear Panel (DVD-709)................................................11
Choosing a Connection (DVD-909) ......................15
• Connecting to a TV ..................................................15
• Connecting to an Audio System ..................................16
Choosing a Connection (DVD-709) ......................17
• Connecting to a TV ..................................................17
• Connecting to an Audio System ..................................18
Playing a Disc ......................................................19
Searching & Skipping through a Chapter or Track ....21
Using the Display Function ..................................22
Repeat Play ..........................................................23
Using the A-B Repeat Function ............................24
Program Playback in a Specific Order ................25
Using the Disc View Function ..............................26
Selecting Audio ....................................................27
Selecting the Subtitle Language ..........................28
Selecting the Desired Screen Angle ....................29
Using the Bookmark Function ..............................30
Using the Zoom and 3D Sound Functions ..........31
Using the Setup Menu ..........................................32
Setting Up the Language Features ......................33
Setting Up the Parental Level ..............................35
Setting Up Audio Options ....................................36
Surround Sound Speaker Setup(DVD-909 only) ..37
Setting Up Display Options ..................................38
Controlling a TV with the Remote ........................40
Troubleshooting Guide ..........................................41
Specifications (DVD-909) ....................................42
Specifications (DVD-709) ....................................43
SETUP
SETUP
TV System Select ................................................12
A Tour of the Remote Control ..............................13
• DVD Function Buttons ................................................13
• TV Function Buttons ................................................14
CONNECTIONS
BASIC
FUNCTIONS
ADVANCED
FUNCTIONS
CHANGING
SETUP MENU
REFERENCE
5
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 6
D isc Features
The combination of DVD, Video-CD, and CD in one unit provides excellent picture quality and dynamic
sound.
Excellent Sound
Parental Level Control
The Dolby Digital system developed by Dolby Labs
provides crystal clear sound reproduction.
The parental level control allows users to set the
level necessary to prohibit children from viewing
harmful movies such as those with violence, adult
subject matter, etc.
Screen
Video with MPEG2 compression technology. Both
regular and widescreen(16:9) pictures can be
viewed.
Various On-Screen Menu Functions
You can select various languages(Audio/Subtitle)
and screen angles while enjoying movies.
Slow Motion
Repeat
An important scene can be viewed in slow motion.
You can repeat a song or movie simply by pressing
the REPEAT button.
Programmed Play
You can program tracks to play in desired order.
DVD-909
SKIP
STANDBY/ON
PHONE
DVD/VIDEO-CD/CD PLAYER DVD-909
LEVEL
OPEN/
OPEN/
OPEN/
CLOSE
CLOSE
CLOSE
/
MIN
MAX
ADVANCED DOLBY DIGITAL DECODER BUILT-IN
SPATIALIZER
N-2-2
DIGITAL VIDEO
DVD-709
SKIP
STANDBY/ON
/
24bit 96kHz AUDIO D/A CONVERTER
DVD/VIDEO-CD/CD PLAYER DVD-709
OPEN/
OPEN/
CLOSE
CLOSE
SPATIALIZER
N-2-2
DIGITAL VIDEO
COPY PROTECTION
• Many DVD discs are encoded with copy protection. Because of this, you should only connect your DVD player directly to
your TV, not to a VCR. Connecting to a VCR results in a distorted picture from copy-protected DVD discs.
• This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by methods claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual
property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by
Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision
Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
6
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
D isc Type
Page 7
and Characteristics
Your DVD player is capable of playing discs with the following logos.
Disc Types
Logos
Disc Size
Max.
Playing
Time
12 cm
Single-sided
240 min.
Double-sided
480 min.
8 cm
Single-sided
80 min.
Double-sided
160 min.
12 cm
74 min.
DVD
Audio
+
Video
VIDEO-CD
Audio
+
Video
Characteristics
SETUP
Recording
Types
• DVD contains excellent sound and
video due to Dolby Digital and
MPEG2 system.
• Various screen and audio functions
can be easily selected through the
on-screen menu.
• Video with CD sound, VHS quality
& MPEG1 compression technology.
8 cm
20 min.
12 cm
74 min.
8 cm
20 min.
AUDIO-CD
Audio
• An LP is recorded as an analog signal with more distortion. CD is
recorded as a Digital Signal with
better audio quality, less distortion
and less deterioration of audio quality over time.
*DO NOT play CD-ROM, CD-I, CD-R and DVD-ROM in this player! (CDGs play audio only, not graphics.)
Disc Markings
DIGITAL
SOUND
2
• Region Code of DVDs
you can play on this unit.
• PAL broadcast
system in U.K,
France, Germany, etc.
• Dolby Digital
disc
• Digital Audio
disc
STEREO
• Stereo disc
• DTS disc
Playback Region Number
Both the DVD player and the discs are coded by region. These regional codes must match in order for the disc to play. If the codes do not
match, the disc will not play.
The Region Number for this player is described on the rear panel of the player.
Your DVD player has a region code printed on the back of the unit and will only play DVDs that are labled with
identical region codes.
7
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 8
D escription-Front
Panel
DVD-909
Front Panel Controls
STANDBY LAMP
• When the unit is first plugged in, the indicator lights. When power is pressed on,
the lamp goes out.
STANDBY ON/OFF
• Use to switch your player on and off (standby).
SKIP
STANDBY/ON
PHONE
DVD/VIDEO-CD/CD PLAYER DVD-909
LEVEL
OPEN/
OPEN/
OPEN/
CLOSE
CLOSE
CLOSE
/
MIN
MAX
ADVANCED DOLBY DIGITAL DECODER BUILT-IN
SPATIALIZER
N-2-2
DIGITAL VIDEO
HEADPHONES JACK
• You can attach headphones here for private listening.
HEADPHONES VOLUME
• Use to adjust headphones volume level.
DISPLAY (See below)
• Operation indicators are displayed here.
DISC TRAY
• Press OPEN/CLOSE to open and close
the disc tray.
GREEN LAMP
SKIP/SEARCH
• Use to skip or search a scene or music.
OPEN/CLOSE
• Press to open and close the disc tray.
PLAY/PAUSE
• Begin or pause disc play.
JOG DIAL
• Operates frame by frame playback. In
CD mode, performs track search.
SHUTTLE DIAL
• Performs fast or slow motion playback.
STOP
• Stops disc play.
Front Display
DISC OPERATION ROTARY INDICATOR
OPERATION INDICATOR
DISC TYPE INDICATOR
TRACK INDICATOR
3D SOUND INDICATOR
ANGLE INDICATOR
CHAPTER INDICATOR
REPEAT INDICATOR
CHAPTER, TITLE, TRACK & MESSAGE
INDICATOR
ALL REPEAT INDICATOR
A-B REPEAT INDICATOR
PROGRAM PLAY INDICATOR
PAL INDICATOR
MPEG INDICATOR
DOLBY DIGITAL INDICATOR
LINEAR PCM INDICATOR
DTS INDICATOR
8
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 9
D escription-Front
Panel
DVD-709
Front Panel Controls
SETUP
STANDBY LAMP
• When the unit is first plugged in, the indicator lights. When power is pressed on,
the lamp goes out.
STANDBY ON/OFF
• Use to switch your player on and off (standby).
DISPLAY (See below)
• Operation indicators are displayed here.
DISC TRAY
• Press OPEN/CLOSE to open and close
the disc tray.
SKIP
STANDBY/ON
/
24bit 96kHz AUDIO D/A CONVERTER
DVD/VIDEO-CD/CD PLAYER DVD-709
OPEN/
OPEN/
CLOSE
CLOSE
SPATIALIZER
N-2-2
DIGITAL VIDEO
GREEN LAMP
SKIP/SEARCH
• Use to skip or search a scene or music.
OPEN/CLOSE
• Press to open and close the disc tray.
PLAY/PAUSE
• Begin or pause disc play.
STOP
• Stops disc play.
Front Display
DISC OPERATION ROTARY INDICATOR
OPERATION INDICATOR
DISC TYPE INDICATOR
TRACK INDICATOR
3D SOUND INDICATOR
ANGLE INDICATOR
CHAPTER INDICATOR
REPEAT INDICATOR
CHAPTER, TITLE, TRACK & MESSAGE
INDICATOR
ALL REPEAT INDICATOR
A-B REPEAT INDICATOR
PROGRAM PLAY INDICATOR
PAL INDICATOR
MPEG INDICATOR
DOLBY DIGITAL INDICATOR
LINEAR PCM INDICATOR
DTS INDICATOR
9
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 10
D escription-Rear Panel
R
FRONT
L
CENTER
DVD-909
R1
L1
V1
R2
L2
V2
NTSC
SECAM
R
SURROUND
L
S/W
AV1
PAL
TV SYSTEM SELECT
OPTICAL
COAXIAL
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
MIXED AUDIO OUT
VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT
AV2
Rear Panel
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT JACK
S-VIDEO OUT JACK
• Use either an optical or coaxial digital cable to connect to a
compatible Dolby Digital receiver. Use to connect to an A/V
Amplifier that contains the Dolby Digital decoder or DTS
decoder.
• Use the S-Video cable to connect this jack to the S-Video jack
on your television for a higher quality picture.
TV SYSTEM SELECT SWITCH
• Use the switch to set TV system.
5.1CH ANALOG AUDIO OUT JACKS
• Connect to an amplifier with 5.1ch analog input jacks.
SCART AV1 JACK
• Connect to a TV with scart input jack.
MIXED AUDIO OUT JACKS
• Connect to the Audio input jacks of your television, audio/video
receiver, or VCR.
VIDEO OUT JACKS
• Use a video cable to connect one of these jacks to the Video
input on your television.
10
SCART AV2 JACK
• Connect to a video recorder or other equipment.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 11
D escription-Rear Panel
DVD-709
SETUP
NTSC
SECAM
R
L
AV
PAL
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
Rear Panel
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT JACK
S-VIDEO OUT JACK
• Use a coaxial digital cable to connect to an A/V Amplifier that
contains a Dolby Digital decoder or DTS decoder.
• Use the S-Video cable to connect this jack to the S-Video jack
on your television for a higher quality picture.
ANALOG AUDIO OUT JACKS
TV SYSTEM SELECT SWITCH
• Connect to the Audio input jacks of your television, audio/video
receiver, or VCR.
• Use the switch to set TV system.
SCART AV JACK
VIDEO OUT JACK
• Connect to a TV with scart input jack.
• Use a video cable to connect this jack to the Video input on
your television.
11
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
TV
Page 12
system select
You can enjoy NTSC or PAL encoded discs by using your TV SYSTEM SELECT switch to choose the appropriate system.
• Only when you playback PAL-encoded DVD with NTSC-TV. The player can not playback the disc.
NTSC
• When the selected TV-SYSTEM doesn't coincide with the system of
your TV, normal color picture may not be displayed.
SECAM
PAL
• Select the TV-SYSTEM when in stop mode.
TV SYSTEM SELECT
* This switch is located in the rear of
DVD player.
• When you playback NTSC-encoded disc with PAL-TV, some discs
may produce black bands at the top and bottom of the screen.
If you use PAL-TV
If you use NTSC-TV
You should set TV SYSTEM to 'PAL'.
If you use SECAM-TV
You should set TV SYSTEM to 'NTSC'.
You should set TV SYSTEM to 'SECAM'.
NTSC
NTSC
NTSC
SECAM
SECAM
SECAM
PAL
PAL
PAL
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV
NTSC
PAL
SECAM
DISC
NTSC-encoded
(DVD/VIDEO-CD)
NTSC
NTSC
NTSC
SECAM
SECAM
SECAM
PAL
PAL
PAL
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
PAL-encoded
(DVD/VIDEO-CD)
NTSC
NTSC
NTSC
SECAM
SECAM
SECAM
PAL
PAL
PAL
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
•
12
VIDEO-CD only.
DVD-YURO909/709
A
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 13
Tour of the Remote Control
DVD Function Buttons
SETUP
DVD POWER Button
NUMBER Buttons
OPEN/CLOSE Button
SETUP Button
• Brings up the DVD player’s Setup menu.
ZOOM Button
SEARCH Buttons
• Allows you to search forward/backward
through a disc.
STOP Button
STEP Button
• Advances playback one frame at a time.
RETURN Button
• Returns to a previous menu.
TOP MENU Button
• Accesses a music or video display directly.
AUDIO Button
• Use this button to access various audio
functions on a disc.
REPEAT Button
• Allows you to repeat play a title, chapter,
track, or disc.
TV POWER Button
• Use to set the remote to control a compatible TV.
VOLUME CON. Button
• To control the master volume of the player.
3D SOUND Button
BOOKMARK Button
PLAY/PAUSE Button
• Begin/Pause disc play.
SKIP Buttons
• Use to skip the title, chapter, or track.
CLEAR Button
• Use to remove menus or status displays
from the screen.
MODE Button
• Allows you to program a specific order.
DISPLAY Button
• Displays the current disc mode.
MENU Button
• Brings up the Disc menu.
ENTER/DIRECTION Button
(UP/DOWN or LEFT/RIGHT Button)
• This button functions as a toggle switch.
ANGLE Button
• Use to access various camera angles on a
DVD.
SUBTITLE Button
A-B REPEAT Button
• Use to mark a segment to repeat between
A and B.
13
DVD-YURO909/709
A
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 14
Tour of the Remote Control (Cont d)
TV Function Buttons
TV POWER Button
TV/VIDEO Selection Button
CHANNEL UP/DOWN Buttons
VOLUME UP/DOWN Buttons
Install Batteries in the Remote
1.
2.
Open the battery cover on
the back of the remote.
3.
Replace the battery cover.
Insert two AA batteries.
Make sure that the polarities (+ and -) are aligned
correctly.
If remote doesn’t operate
properly:
• Check the polarity + - of the
batteries (Dry-Cell)
• Check if the batteries are
drained.
• Check if remote sensor is
blocked by obstacles.
• Check if there is any fluorescent lighting nearby.
To Connect Headphones (not included) (DVD-909 only)
Turn the headphone volume down to the minimum setting before connecting.
Adjust to your desired volume after connection.
NOTE
14
This
icon indicates an invalid button press.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
C hoosing
Page 15
a Connection
DVD-909
The following diagrams show common connection examples that can be used for connecting your DVD player
to a TV or other equipment.
Before Connecting the DVD Player
Connecting to a TV (For Video)
• Always turn off the DVD player, TV, and other
components before you connect or disconnect any
cables.
• Method 2
DVD Player + TV with S-Video Input Jack
CONNECTIONS
• Refer to owner’s manual of the components you
are connecting for more information on those particular components.
• Method 1
DVD Player + TV with Video Input Jack
• Method 3
DVD Player + TV with Scart Input Jack (Audio &
Video)
Connecting to a TV
TV (Normal, Widescreen, Projection, etc..)
Audio Input Jacks
TV
R
Method 1
Method 2
Video Input Jack
S-Video Jack
Scart Input Jack
L
S-Video
Cable
(included)
AV Cable
(included)
OR
DVD
PLAYER
Method 3
R1
L1
V1
R2
L2
V2
Scart Cable
(not included)
OR
AV1
MIXED AUDIO OUT
Basic Audio
(In case of
Method 1 or 2)
VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT
Good
picture
Better
picture
Best picture
(If RGB is selected in
SETUP MENU)
15
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
C hoosing
Page 16
a Connection (Cont d)
Connecting to an Audio System
Method 1
Method 2
Method 3
2ch Amplifier
5.1ch Analog Amplifier
Audio Input Jacks
Audio Input Jacks
R
L
AUDIO
SYSTEM
Dolby Digital Decoder
Digital Audio Input Jacks
OPTICAL
Front (RH)
Front (LH)
Center
Rear (RH)
Rear (LH)
Subwoofer
COAXIAL
OR
R1
L1
R2
L2
R
R
FRONT
SURROUND
L
CENTER
L
DVD
PLAYER
S/W
OPTICAL
MIXED AUDIO OUT
Mixed Audio Out
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
Analog Audio Out
Connecting to an Audio System
COAXIAL
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
Digital Audio Out
An Example of Connecting DVD with Other Equipment
• Method 1
DVD Player + 2ch Stereo Amplifier or
Dolby Pro Logic Decoder
• Method 2
DVD Player + Amplifier with 5.1ch
Analog Input Jacks
• Method 3
DVD Player + Amplifier with Dolby
Digital Decoder/DTS Decoder
NOTE
16
AV1
DVD
TV
VIDEO
AV2
AV1/TV
AV2/OTHER EQUIPMENT
OTHER EQUIPMENT
You can build up the optimum AV system by following the connection examples on this page and the previous page.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
C hoosing
Page 17
a Connection
DVD-709
The following diagrams show common connection examples that can be used for connecting your DVD player
to a TV or other equipment.
Before Connecting the DVD Player
Connecting to a TV (For Video)
• Always turn off the DVD player, TV, and other
components before you connect or disconnect any
cables.
• Method 1
DVD Player + TV with Video Input Jack
• Method 2
DVD Player + TV with S-Video Input Jack
CONNECTIONS
• Refer to owner’s manual of the additional components you are connecting for more information for
those particular components.
• Method 3
DVD Player + TV with Scart Input Jack (Audio &
Video)
Connecting to a TV
TV (Normal, Widescreen, Projection, etc..)
Method 2
Method 3
S-Video Jack
Scart Input Jack
Method 1
Audio Input Jacks
TV
R
Video Input Jack
L
AV Cable
(included)
S-Video Cable
(included)
Scart Cable
(not included)
OR
DVD
PLAYER
R
L
AV
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
Basic Audio
(In case of
Method 1 or 2)
VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT
Good
picture
Better
picture
Best picture
(If RGB is selected in
SETUP MENU)
17
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
C hoosing
Page 18
a Connection (Cont d)
Connecting to an Audio System
Method 1
Method 2
AUDIO
SYSTEM
2ch Amplifier
Dolby Digital Decoder
Audio Input Jacks
Digital Audio Input Jack
R
L
R
L
DVD
PLAYER
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
Analog Audio Out
Digital Audio Out
Rear Panel
Connecting to an Audio System
• Method 1
DVD Player + 2ch Stereo Amplifier or Dolby Pro
Logic Decoder
NTSC
• Method 2
DVD Player + Amplifier with Dolby Digital
Decoder/DTS Decoder
NOTE
18
SECAM
R
L
PAL
ANALOG AUDIO OUT
VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT
TV SYSTEM SELECT
You can build up the optimum AV system by following the connection examples on this page and the previous page.
AV
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 9:59 AM
Page 19
DVD/VCD/CD
P laying a Disc
Before Playback
• Turn on a TV and press the TV/VIDEO button to select video
mode.
• Turn on your Audio System to select AUX, CD or DVD.
• Refer to your AUDIO Owner’s Manual.
1.,3.
After plugging in the player, the first time you press
the DVD POWER button, this screen comes up :
SELECT MENU LANGUAGE
PRESS
PRESSEZ
DRUCKEN SLE
PULSAR
PREMERE
TRYCK
3.
1
2
3
4
5
6
FOR ENGLISH
POUR FRANCAIS
DEUTSCH
PARA ESPANOL
PER ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
BASIC
FUNCTIONS
1-6
RETURN
If you want to select the language, press a NUMBER button. (This screen will only appear the very
first time you plug in the player.)
Playback
1.
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button.
The STANDBY indicator light goes out and the tray opens.
2.
Place a disc gently into the tray with the disc’s
label facing up.
3.
Press the PLAY/PAUSE button or
OPEN/CLOSE button to close the disc tray.
19
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 20
DVD/VCD/CD
P laying a Disc (Cont d)
Several options are available during DVD playback.
1.
Stopping Playback
Press the STOP button in playback.
2.
Removing Disc
2.
Press the OPEN/CLOSE button.
3.
Pausing Playback
5.
1.
3.,4.,5.
5.
3.
Press the PLAY/PAUSE or STEP button on the remote
during playback.
- Screen stops, no sound.
- To resume again, press PLAY/PAUSE button once again.
4.
Step Motion Playback (Except CD)
5.
Press the STEP button on the remote or turn JOG dial
(DVD-909 only) on the front of the DVD player during
playback.
- Each time the button is pressed, a new frame will
appear.
- No sound is heard during STEP mode.
- Press PLAY/PAUSE to resume normal playback.
(You can only perform step motion playback in the forward direction.)
Slow Motion Playback (Except CD)
Press the FWD or REV SEARCH button on the remote or
turn the SHUTTLE dial (DVD-909 only) on the front of the
DVD player during PAUSE or STEP mode.
- By pressing or shuttling, you can select slow motion
playback for 1/2, 1/4 or 1/8 of normal speed.
- No sound is heard during slow mode.
- Press PLAY/PAUSE to resume normal playback.
- When playing a VCD, the reverse slow motion playback
will not work.
RESUME function
When you stop disc play, the player remembers where you stopped, so when you press PLAY again, it will pick up where you left off (unless
the disc is removed, the STOP button is pressed twice or the player is unplugged.).
NOTE
20
• If the player is left for 5 minutes in pause mode, it will stop.
• The power is automatically turned off after approximately 30 minutes have elapsed in the stop mode (auto power-off feature).
• If the player is left in the stop mode for more than one minute without any user interaction, a screensaver will be activated, and the
TV screen will fade in and fade out repeatedly. Press PLAY button to resume normal play.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 21
DVD/VCD/CD
S earching
& Skipping through a Chapter or Track
During playback, you can search quickly through a chapter or track or use the skip function to jump to the
next selection.
Searching through a Chapter or Track
1.
Press the FWD or REV SEARCH button on the
remote or turn the SHUTTLE dial (DVD-909
only) on the front of the DVD player during
PLAY mode.
• Press the REVERSE or FORWARD SEARCH button on
the remote and press again to search at a faster
speed(2X/8X/16X/32X/normal speed, in order) on DVD.
• Press the REVERSE or FORWARD SEARCH button on
the remote and press again to search at a faster
speed(4X/8X/normal speed in order) on VCD and CD.
1.
2.
1.
2.
• To return to normal speed playback, press the PLAY/
PAUSE button.
2.
Press the NEXT SKIP or BACK SKIP button
during playback.
BASIC
FUNCTIONS
Skipping Tracks
• When playing a DVD, if you press the NEXT SKIP button,
it moves to next chapter. If you press the BACK SKIP button, it
moves to the beginning of the chapter. One more press makes
it move to the beginning of the previous chapter.
• When playing a VCD 2.0 in MENU OFF mode, a VCD 1.1
or a CD,
if you press NEXT SKIP button, it moves to next track. If you
press BACK SKIP button, it moves to the the beginning of the
track. One more press makes it move to the beginning of the
previous track.
• If a track exceeds 15 minutes when playing a VCD and you
press NEXT SKIP button, it moves forward 5 minutes. If you
press BACK SKIP button, it moves backward 5 minutes.
• When playing a VCD 2.0 in the MENU MODE or Track
View function,
if you press NEXT SKIP button, it moves to the next MENU or
the next Track View display. If you press BACK SKIP button, it
moves to the previous MENU or the previous Track View display. (Refer to page 26.)
NOTE
• While in search (8X/16X/32X) on DVD or high-speed playback on VCD, no sound will be heard.
• Though 2X SCAN is ON in SETUP MENU, no sound will be heard on discs which are recorded with LPCM, DTS or MPEG-2 AUDIO.
• Depending on the disc, audio may or may not be heard when a disc is in 2X playback mode.
21
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 22
DVD/VCD/CD
U sing
the Display Function
If you want to display the title, chapter, time, audio and subtitle information on a DVD, press the DISPLAY button. If you want to display the track and time information on a VCD or CD, press the DISPLAY button.
When Playing a DVD
1.
1
- Current title, chapter number and
elapsed time will be displayed.
- Current track number and elapsed
time will be displayed.
During playback, press the
DISPLAY button on the
remote.
T: 01
1.,1
2.,2
1.,1
When Playing a CD/VCD
C: 04
TIME 0:06:54
During playback, press the
DISPLAY button on the
remote.
T:
01
TIME 0:12:43
• Use the LEFT/RIGHT button to select
a title or a chapter number.
Use the UP/DOWN button or Number
buttons to enter a different title or
chapter number, then press the
ENTER button.
• To enter the time from which you
want to start, use the LEFT/RIGHT
button to select, then use the
Number buttons to enter the time.
Then press the ENTER button.
• Use the LEFT/RIGHT button to select
a track. Use the UP/DOWN button or
Number buttons to enter a different
track number, then press the ENTER
button.
• To enter the time from which you
want to start, use the LEFT/RIGHT
button to select, then use the
Number buttons to enter the time.
Then press the ENTER button.
2.
2
- Current audio and subtitle information
will appear.
- Elapsed time and remain time will
appear.
Press the DISPLAY button
on the remote twice.
AUDIO
: ENG DOLBY DIGITAL 5.1CH
SUBTITLE : ENG ON
Press the DISPLAY button
on the remote twice.
T:02 0:00:03
T:01 1:07:47 REMAIN
What is a Chapter?
Each Title on a DVD can be divided into chapters (similar to tracks
on an audio CD).
NOTE
What is a Title?
A DVD may contain several different titles. : for example, if a disc
contains four different movies,
each might be considered a title.
22
- To make the screen disappear, press
the DISPLAY button again.
- To make the screen disappear, press
the DISPLAY button again.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 23
DVD/VCD/CD
R epeat Play
Repeat play allows you to repeat a track, title, or the entire disc.
When playing a DVD
1.
Press the REPEAT button
once to display the current
status.
2.
Press the REPEAT button
twice to repeat the chapter
currently playing.
REPEAT : CHAPTER
Press the REPEAT button a
third time to repeat the title
currently playing.
REPEAT : TITLE
1
Press the REPEAT button
once to display the current
status.
2
Press the REPEAT button
twice to repeat the current
track.
REPEAT : TRACK
3
Press the REPEAT button a
third time to repeat all
tracks.
BASIC
FUNCTIONS
3.
When playing a CD/VCD
REPEAT : ALL
1.,1
2.,2
3.,3
4.,4
4.
Press the REPEAT button
again to turn off the repeat
feature.
REPEAT : OFF
NOTE
4
Press the REPEAT button
again to turn off the repeat
feature.
REPEAT : OFF
• DVD repeats playback by chapter or title, CD and VCD repeat
playback by disc or track.
• Depending on the disc, the
Repeat function may not work.
• When in VCD 2.0 mode (MENU
ON mode), this function does
not work.
23
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 24
DVD/VCD/CD
U sing
the A-B Repeat Function
The A-B Repeat function lets you mark the beginning (A) and the end (B) of a segment. Marking the segment
allows you to review it by pressing the REPEAT button.
To set up A-B Repeat
1.
Press the A-B REPEAT button at the beginning
(A) of the segment you want to review.
REPEAT : A -
2.
Press the A-B REPEAT button again at the
end (B) of the segment you want to review.
The segment will begin repeating.
REPEAT : A - B
1.,2.
1
To clear A-B Repeat
1
Press the A-B REPEAT button.
REPEAT : OFF
NOTE
24
•
•
•
•
New titles or tracks must be marked separately.
If the title or track is completed before marking the end (B), the end of title or track becomes B automatically.
Depending on the disc, the A-B Repeat function may not work.
When in VCD 2.0 mode (MENU ON mode), this function does not work.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 25
DVD/VCD/CD
P rogram
Playback in a Specific Order
Program playback lets you set up an order of playback for the titles, chapters, or tracks of a specific disc. Your
player must be in stop mode for this feature to work.
Program VCD or CD
Program DVD
e.g
To program chapters 5 and 7 in order.
1.
1
2
In stop mode, press the
MODE button.
TITLE
CHAPTER
01 02 03 04
05 06 07 08
09 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
-----
-----
-----
e.g
-----
4.,4
To program tracks 5 and 7 in order.
In stop mode, press the
MODE button.
Use the LEFT/RIGHT button to select PROGRAM.
Press the ENTER button.
TRACK
01
05
09
13
02
06
10
14
PROGRAM ORDER
03
07
11
15
04
08
12
16
-----
-----
-----
-----
CLEAR LAST TRACK
CLEAR ALL TRACKS
2.
2.,2
3.,3
3.
3
Use the LEFT/RIGHT or
UP/DOWN button to select
05 and press ENTER.
Then select 07 and press
the ENTER button.
4.
4
Press the PLAY/PAUSE
button. The disc will be
played back in programmed order.
Use the LEFT/RIGHT button to select CHAPTER.
Press the ENTER button.
Use the LEFT/RIGHT or
UP/DOWN button to select
05 and press ENTER. Then
select 07 and press ENTER
button.
Press the PLAY/PAUSE
button. The disc will be
played back in programmed
order.
PRESS PLAY TO START
RETURN
e.g
When you make a wrong selection during programming
BASIC
FUNCTIONS
1.,1
To start RANDOM playback.
• Press the MODE button while in stop
mode.
• Use the LEFT/RIGHT button to
select RANDOM and press the
ENTER button.
The disc will be played back in random order.
• Use the UP/DOWN button to select CLEAR LAST TRACK (or CHAPTER, or TITLE).
• Press the ENTER button to delete the last track (or chapter, or title) in the program order.
When you want to delete the entire program
• Use the UP/DOWN button to select CLEAR ALL TRACKS (or CHAPTERS, or TITLES).
• Press the ENTER button to delete all tracks, chapters or titles in the program order. All programmed tracks, chapters or titles are also deleted when the disc is removed or the DVD
player is turned off.
NOTE
• Depending on the disc, the
Program Playback function may
not work.
• To resume normal playback,
press the CLEAR button.
25
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 26
DVD/VCD/CD
U sing the Disc View
Function
The desired music or video display can be accessed directly without using the menu function.
Track View (VCD)
Index View (VCD)
Displays the beginning view of
each track and the track number.
1.
Press the TOP MENU button during playback.
DISC VIEW
1 TRACK VIEW
Displays the equally divided 9
views of the current playing
track.
1
2
Press the TOP MENU button during playback.
3
Select the desired view by
pressing UP/DOWN or
LEFT/RIGHT buttons.
Press UP/DOWN button to
select INDEX VIEW. Press
the ENTER button.
2 INDEX VIEW
1.,1
2.,2
3.,3
4.,4
2.
Press the UP/DOWN button
to select TRACK VIEW.
Press the ENTER button.
INDEX VIEW
3.
Select the desired view by
pressing the UP/DOWN or
LEFT/RIGHT buttons.
TRACK VIEW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Press the ENTER button.
(An example of a Track View)
4.
Press the ENTER button.
When you press TOP MENU button during DVD playback
The disc’s TITLE MENU function will come up. The TITLE MENU function will only work if the
disc has two or more titles.
When you press TOP MENU button during CD playback
The unit enters the INTRO SCAN mode. INTRO SCAN lets you listen to the beginning of
each music segment for about 10 seconds.
NOTE
26
• When in VCD 1.1 & 2.0 mode (MENU OFF mode), this function works.
• In stop mode on VCD, press the TOP MENU button and the TRACK VIEW will be displayed directly.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 27
DVD/VCD/CD
S electing Audio
You can select a desired language quickly and easily with the AUDIO button. If a menu is encoded on the disc,
you can also select by using the MENU button.
Using the Audio Button
1.
2.
Using the Menu Button
During playback, press the
AUDIO button.
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select the desired language on a DVD.
AUDIO:
ENG
When playing a DVD
1
2
DOLBY DIGITAL 5.1CH
Press the MENU button.
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select AUDIO information.
1
AUDIO
2
SUBTITLE
- The audio and subtitle languages are
represented by abbreviations.
(An example of a disc menu)
3.
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select STEREO,
R CHANNEL or L CHANNEL. (On VCD/CD)
AUDIO:
STEREO
3
4
Press the ENTER button.
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select ‘ENGLISH’.
1
ENGLISH
2
FRANCAIS
ADVANCED
FUNCTIONS
1
2.,2
3.,3
4,5
1.
(An example of a disc menu)
5
Press the ENTER button.
When playing a VCD
How to have the same audio language come up
whenever you play back a DVD.
Refer to “Setting Up the Language Features” on page 34.
NOTE
• This function depends on what languages are encoded on the disc and may not
work with all DVDs.
• A DVD disc can contain up to 8 audio languages.
In disc version 2.0, the MENU button
works as a conversion switch between
MENU ON and MENU OFF mode.
When playing a VCD 1.1 or CD, the
MENU button will not work.
27
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 28
DVD
S electing the Subtitle Language
When a DVD is recorded with subtitles, you can use the Subtitle feature to view the subtitles on-screen.
If a menu is encoded on the disc, you can also select by using the MENU button.
Using the SUBTITLE button
1.
2.
Press the SUBTITLE button.
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select the desired subtitle language.
SUBTITLE:
ENG
Using the MENU button
1
2
Press the MENU button.
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select SUBTITLE information.
OFF
1
AUDIO
2
SUBTITLE
(An example of a disc menu)
1
2.,2
3.,3
4,5
3.
Use the LEFT/RIGHT button to determine whether or
not the subtitle will be displayed.
SUBTITLE:
ENG
ON
3
4
Press the ENTER button.
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select the desired language.
1.
- Initially, the subtitling will not appear
on screen.
- The audio and subtitle languages are
represented by abbreviations.
1
ENGLISH
2
FRANCAIS
(An example of a disc menu)
5
Press the ENTER button.
When playing a VCD
How to have the same subtitle language come up
whenever you play back a DVD.
Refer to “Setting Up the Language Features” on page 34.
NOTE
28
• This function depends on what languages are encoded on the disc and may not
work with all DVDs.
• A DVD disc can contain up to 32 subtitle languages.
In disc version 2.0, the MENU button
works as a conversion switch between
MENU ON and MENU OFF mode.
When playing a VCD 1.1 or CD, the
MENU button will not work.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 29
DVD
S electing the Desired Screen
Angle
When a DVD contains multiple angles of a particular scene, you can use the Angle function.
Using the ANGLE button
Check to see if an ‘ANGLE (
)’ mark is present at
the upper right hand corner of the screen.
1.
When an ‘ANGLE’ mark is shown, press the
ANGLE button.
ANGLE: 1/6
MARK:
ON
(Angle information display example)
2.
Use the UP/DOWN button to select the desired
screen angle. Then press the ENTER button.
2.,3.
1.
ANGLE: 5/6
MARK:
ON
ADVANCED
FUNCTIONS
( Angle information display example)
3.
Use the LEFT/RIGHT button to determine
whether or not the ‘ANGLE’ mark will be displayed.
ANGLE: 5/6
NOTE
MARK:
OFF
• This function is disc-dependent, and may not work with all DVDs.
• This function does not work when a DVD has not been recorded with a multi-camera angle system.
29
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:00 AM
Page 30
DVD/VCD
U sing
the Bookmark Function
The Bookmark function lets you select parts of a DVD or VCD (MENU OFF mode) so that you can quickly
find the section at a later time.
Using the Bookmark Function (DVD/VCD)
1.
During playback, press the BOOKMARK button on the remote.
Then ‘MARKER’ will be displayed.
MARKER:
---
MARK
ENTER
1.,1, 1 .
3
3.
2., 2 .
2.
3.
4.
Use the LEFT/RIGHT button to move to the desired bookmark
icon.
When you reach the scene you want to mark, press the ENTER
button. The icon will change to a number (1, 2, or 3).
Press the BOOKMARK button to turn off the display.
Recalling a Marked Scene
NOTE
30
Clearing a Bookmark
1
During playback, press the
BOOKMARK button on the
remote.
1.
During playback, press the
BOOKMARK button on the
remote.
2
Use the LEFT/RIGHT button to select a marked
scene.
2.
Use the LEFT/RIGHT button to select the bookmark
number you want to
delete.
3
Press the PLAY/PAUSE
button to skip to the
marked scene.
3.
Press the CLEAR button to
delete a bookmark number.
Press the BOOKMARK
button to turn off display.
• Up to three scenes may be marked at the same time.
• When in VCD 2.0 mode (MENU ON mode), this function does not work.
• Depending on the disc, the Bookmark function may not work.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:01 AM
Page 31
DVD/VCD
U sing
the Zoom and 3D Sound
Using the Zoom Function (DVD/VCD)
1.
During playback or pause mode, press the
ZOOM button on the remote. The square
frame will be displayed on screen.
2.
3.
Use the UP/DOWN or LEFT/RIGHT button to
select the part of the screen you want to zoom.
Press the ENTER button.
1.
1
- During DVD playback, press ENTER to zoom in 2X/4X/normal in order.
- During VCD playback, press ENTER to zoom in 2X/normal
in order.
Using the 3D Sound Function
2.,2
ADVANCED
FUNCTIONS
The simulated surround effect (SPATIALIZER N-2-2)
depends on the disc contents. If you connect the
unit to your stereo system, you can enhance sound
quality and produce a greater surround effect.
This feature is useful when you are using the DVD
player with a two channel stereo through the analog
outputs.
(Discs which are recorded with LPCM or DTS will
not work. When the DOLBY DIGITAL OUT or
MPEG-2 DIGITAL OUT is set to BITSTREAM in the
SETUP MENU, the 3D Sound function will not
work.)
Using the Master Volume Control Function
Press the VOLUME CON. button. Use the UP/DOWN button to
select a suitable volume.
• Master Volume Control function lets you adjust the volume of the
player's output. This is useful for matching the player's output level
to other equipment in your system.
• Master Volume Control function on CD titles with DTS will not work
under VOLUME : 96 level.
• When the Dolby DIGITAL OUT or MPEG-2 DIGITAL OUT is set to
BITSTREAM in the SETUP MENU, the Volume Control function
will not work.
NOTE
1
During playback, press the 3D SOUND button.
The 3D SOUND mark will be displayed on
screen. (Be sure the DOLBY DIGITAL OUT
and MPEG-2 DIGITAL OUT are set to PCM.)
2
Press the LEFT/RIGHT button to turn the 3D
Sound feature on or off.
• 3D Sound is possible only on discs recorded using DOLBY SURROUND or DOLBY DIGITAL. However, some of these discs do not
contain the rear sound signal.
• Depending on the disc, the Zoom and 3D Sound function may not work.
• Certain audio feature of this product manufactured under a license from Desper Products, Inc., Spatializer® and circle-in-square are
trademarks owned by Desper Products Inc.
• DTS : A digital surround sound format that, like Dolby Digital, provides six separate audio channels. To hear a DTS soundtrack, you
must connect the player's DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack to a compatible DTS-equipped receiver.
• LPCM : Linear Pulse Code Modulation-a digital recording process.
31
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:01 AM
Page 32
DVD
U sing
the Setup Menu
The Setup Menu allows you to customize your DVD player by adjusting the settings for such things as language preference, parental level, and type of television screen used.
1.
Press the SETUP button on the remote in the
play or stop mode.
SETUP MENU
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1.
PLAYER MENU
ENGLISH
DISC MENU
ENGLISH
AUDIO
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
AUTOMATIC
PARENTAL
UNLOCKED
AUDIO OPTIONS
DISPLAY OPTIONS
PLAYER MENU : Setup of the Display Language
(See P33)
Use the Player preference menu to select the language for
the player's on-screen displays.
DISC MENU : Setup of the Menu Language (See P34)
Use the Menu preference menu to select the language
you want a DVD's disc menu to be displayed in.
AUDIO : Setup of the Audio Language (See P34)
2.
Use the Audio preference menu to select the soundtrack
language.
SUBTITLE : Setup of the Subtitle Language (See P34)
Use the Subtitle preference menu to select the language
the disc's subtitles are to be displayed in.
PARENTAL : Setup of the Parental Level (See P35)
Allows users to set the level necessary to prevent children
from viewing unsuitable movies such as those with violence, X rating, etc.
AUDIO OPTIONS : Setup of the Audio Options (See P36)
Use to set up the audio options such as speaker setup.
DISPLAY OPTIONS : Setup of the Display Options
(See P38, 39)
Use to select which type of screen you want to watch
and several display options.
2.
3.
Use the UP/DOWN button on the remote to
access the different features.
Press the ENTER button to access the sub
features.
To make the setup screen disappear after setting up, press
the SETUP button again.
NOTE
32
Depending on the disc, some SETUP menu selections
may not work.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:01 AM
Page 33
DVD
S etting
Up the Language Features
You can set the language for your DVD player in advance.
Using the Player Menu
e.g
Setting up in ENGLISH.
1.
2.
Press the SETUP button when in play or stop
mode.
Use the UP/DOWN button to select the
PLAYER MENU.
1.
SETUP MENU
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2.
PLAYER MENU
DISC MENU
AUDIO
SUBTITLE
PARENTAL
AUDIO OPTIONS
DISPLAY OPTIONS
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
AUTOMATIC
UNLOCKED
3.
4.
Press the ENTER button.
Use the UP/DOWN button to select ‘ENGLISH’.
PLAYER MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
DEUTSCH
ESPAÑOL
ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
5.
Press the ENTER button.
CHANGING
SETUP MENU
1
2
3
4
5
6
- ENGLISH is selected and the screen returns to SETUP
MENU.
- To make the SETUP MENU disappear, press the RETURN
button.
33
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:01 AM
Page 34
DVD
S etting
Up the Language Features (Cont d)
Using the Disc Menu Language
This function changes the language only for the text on the
disc menu screens.
e.g
Setting up in ENGLISH.
Using the Audio Language
e.g
Setting up in ENGLISH.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press the SETUP button
when in play or stop mode.
Press the UP/DOWN button
to move to AUDIO.
1
2
3
4
Press the SETUP button
when in play or stop mode.
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select DISC MENU.
Press the UP/DOWN button
to select ENGLISH .
e.g
Setting up in ENGLISH.
A
B
C
D
Press the SETUP button
when in play or stop mode.
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select SUBTITLE.
Press the ENTER button.
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select ‘ENGLISH’.
Press the ENTER button.
SUBTITLE LANGUAGE
AUDIO LANGUAGE
Use the UP/DOWN button
to select ‘ENGLISH’.
DISC MENU LANGUAGE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
DEUTSCH
ESPAÑOL
ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
OTHERS
- Select "OTHERS" if the language
you want is not listed.
5
Press the ENTER button.
Using the Subtitle Language
Press the ENTER button.
- ENGLISH is selected and the screen
returns to SETUP MENU.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
DEUTSCH
ESPAÑOL
ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
ORIGINAL
OTHERS
- Select "ORIGINAL" if you want the
default soundtrack language to be
the original language the disc is
recorded in.
- Select "OTHERS" if the language
you want is not listed.
5.
Press the ENTER button.
- ENGLISH is selected and the screen
returns to SETUP MENU.
AUTOMATIC
ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
DEUTSCH
ESPAÑOL
ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
OTHERS
- Select "AUTOMATIC" if you want the
subtitle language to be the same as
the language selected as the audio
preference.
- Select "OTHERS" if the language
you want is not listed. Some discs
may not contain the language you
select as your initial language; in that
case the disc will use its original
language setting.
E
Press the ENTER button.
- ENGLISH is selected and the screen
returns to SETUP MENU.
How to make the SETUP MENU disappear or
return to menu screen during set up.
Press RETURN button.
NOTE
34
If the selected language is not recorded on the disc, the original pre-recorded language is selected.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:01 AM
Page 35
DVD
S etting Up the Parental Level
The Parental Level function works in conjunction with DVDs that have been assigned a rating - which helps you
control the types of DVDs that your family watches. There are up to 8 rating levels on a disc.
SETTING THE
PASSWORD
1
2
3
1.,1
Press the SETUP button
when in play or stop mode.
Press the UP/DOWN button
to select PARENTAL.
Press the ENTER button
and enter your 4-digit password by pressing the 0-9
button.
SETTING THE
PARENTAL LEVEL
e.g
Setting up in LEVEL 6
1.
2.
3.
Press the SETUP button
when in play or stop mode.
Press the UP/DOWN button
to select PARENTAL.
Press the ENTER button
and enter your 4-digit password by pressing the 0-9
button.
- ‘7777’ is the original password that
has been encrypted in the player.
4
2.,2
3.,3
4.,4
5.,5
4.
Move to the RATING
LEVEL by using the
UP/DOWN button and
press the ENTER button.
PARENTAL CONTROL
PARENTAL CONTROL
1
2
The player alerts you when you
try to play a DVD with a rating
that exceeds the level you've set.
The message, "Your selection
exceeds the rating level for this
player." appears on screen.
Some discs are authored with a
rating override feature included.
When you play a disc with this
feature, the message, “Your
selection exceeds the rating level
for this player. Override the
level?” is displayed. Select
“Override” or “Cancel.” If you
choose to override the rating
level, you will need to enter your
4-digit password to begin playback.
5
RATING LEVEL
CHANGE PASSWORD
Enter the new password.
- After entering the new password, reenter it one more times to make sure
the password works.
- The Parental Level function is compatible only with parental level
encoded discs.
1
2
RATING LEVEL
CHANGE PASSWORD
5.
Move to LEVEL 6 by using
the UP/DOWN button and
press the ENTER button.
RATING LEVEL
UNLOCK
LOCK LEVEL 8 ADULT
LEVEL 7
LEVEL 6
LEVEL 5
LEVEL 4
LEVEL 3
LEVEL 2
LEVEL 1 KIDS SAFE
CHANGING
SETUP MENU
What if a DVD's rating
exceeds the player's rating
level?
NOTE
Move to CHANGE PASSWORD by using the
UP/DOWN button and
press the ENTER button.
- The disc which contains LEVEL 7 or
LEVEL 8 will now not play.
How to make the SETUP MENU
disappear or return to
menu screen during set up.
Press RETURN button.
35
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:01 AM
Page 36
DVD
S etting
Up Audio Options
1.
2.
Press the SETUP button
when in play or stop mode.
Use the UP/DOWN button to
select AUDIO OPTIONS. Then
press the ENTER button.
3.
Use the UP/DOWN button to
select the desired item. Then
press the ENTER button.
1.
SPEAKER SETUP (DVD-909
only)
To select the SPEAKER SETUP to
hear surround sound.
4.
Use the UP/DOWN button to
select the desired item. Then
press the ENTER button.
DOLBY DIGITAL OUT
1
AUDIO OPTIONS
1
2
3
4
5
6
DOLBY DIGITAL OUT
MPEG-2 DIGITAL OUT
DTS
DYNAMIC COMPRESSION
2X SCAN AUDIO
SPEAKER SETUP
PCM
PCM
OFF
ON
OFF
2
909 only
PCM : Converts to PCM (2CH)
48kHz/16Bit audio. Select PCM
when using the Analog Audio
Outputs.
BITSTREAM : Converts to Dolby
Digital BITSTREAM (1CH-5.1CH).
Select BITSTREAM when using
the Digital Audio Output.
MPEG-2 DIGITAL OUT
1
DOLBY DIGITAL OUT/
2 DIGITAL OUT
2.
MPEG-
A digital surround sound format
that is recorded by Dolby
Digital/MPEG-2 Audio. Select the
suitable output signal type of DIGITAL AUDIO OUT/MPEG-2 DIGITAL OUT (Bitstream/PCM) during
playback.
DTS
This program features discrete 5.1
channel sound-track and must be
played through DTS-capable
equipment. When played through
DTS equipment, sound will be
heard from all five system speakers and a subwoofer.
2
Note : Be sure to select the correct
Digital Output or no audio
will be heard.
DTS
1
2
How to make the SETUP MENU
disappear or return to menu
screen during set up.
Press RETURN button.
NOTE
36
Compresses the dynamic range
(quietest to loudest sound) of a
disc’s soundtrack. This function is
disc-dependent, and may not work
with all DVDs.
2X SCAN AUDIO
Turns audio off or on when a disc
is in 2X playback mode.
ON : Outputs DTS BITSTREAM via
digital output only. Select DTS when
connecting to a DTS DECODER.
OFF : Doesn’t output digital signal.
DYNAMIC COMPRESSION
1
2
DYNAMIC COMPRESSION
PCM : Converts to PCM (2CH) of
48kHz/16Bit. Select PCM when
using the Analog Audio Outputs.
BITSTREAM : Converts to
MPEG-2 Audio BITSTREAM
(1CH-7.1CH). Select BITSTREAM
when using the Digital Audio Output.
ON : To select dynamic compression.
OFF : To select the standard range.
2X SCAN AUDIO
1
2
ON : Turns 2X audio on.
OFF : Turns 2X audio off.
Though 2X SCAN AUDIO is ON in
the SETUP MENU, no sound will be
heard on discs which are recorded
with LPCM, DTS or MPEG-2 AUDIO.
SPEAKER SETUP
Refer to page 37.
• Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. "Dolby", "Pro Logic" and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories. Confidential unpublished works. ©1992-1997 Dolby Laboratories Inc. All rights reserved.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:01 AM
Page 37
DVD
S urround
Sound Speaker Setup (DVD-909 only)
The DVD-909 has a Speaker Setup feature that allows you to customize your surround sound setup.
Only when the DVD disc is played or the disc isn’t loaded, this feature will be activated.
1.
2.
3.
Press the SETUP button in play or stop mode.
Press the UP/DOWN button to select AUDIO
OPTIONS. Then press the ENTER button.
4.
Use the UP/DOWN or LEFT/RIGHT button to
select the desired item. Then press the ENTER
button.
5.
Use the UP/DOWN button to select OPTION.
Then press the ENTER button.
Use the UP/DOWN button to select SPEAKER
SETUP. Then press the ENTER button.
Setting up SPEAKER MODE
• If you have connected the system to a speaker with low frequencies of 100Hz or below, select 'Found(Large)'.
• If you have connected the system to a speaker without low
frequencies of 100Hz or below, select 'Found(Small)'. But if
you don't connect to a subwoofer, always select
'Found(Large)' for Front Speakers(L/R).
• When you don't connect to speaker, select 'Not found'.
SPEAKER SETUP
Speaker Mode
(Front L)
Channel
Balance
(Center)
OdB
Speaker Mode
(Center)
TEST
Speaker Mode
(Surround L)
Channel
Balance
(Surround L)
OdB
Delay Time
(Surround L/R)
Oms
Delay Time
(Center)
Oms
Speaker Mode
(Front R)
Channel
Balance
(Subwoofer)
OdB
Speaker Mode
(Subwoofer)
Channel
Balance
(Surround R)
OdB
Speaker Mode
(Surround R)
Setting up DELAY TIME
SPEAKER MODE
You can set a mode in the system that's currently used.
Initially it is set as follows:
• Front speaker (L/R) : Found (Large)
• Center speaker : Not found
• Subwoofer : Not found
• Surround speaker (L/R) : Not found
• When 5.1CH Surround Sound is played, you can enjoy the
best sound if the distance between you and each speaker is
the same. You can set Delay Time in the Center/Surround
Speaker to customize the sound to the acoustic of your
room.
• Setting CENTER
SPEAKER
Ideal CENTER SPEAKER position
If the distance of Dc is
equal to or longer than
• Arrange all
speakers
the distance of Df in the
within circle.
left figure, set the mode
as Oms. Otherwise,
change the setting
according to the table
below.
(A) = Df - Dc
Distance of (A)(cm) Setting(ms)
Ideal SURROUND SPEAKER position
2.6
150
3.9
200
5.3
Distance of (B)(cm) Setting(ms)
TEST
It sends test signals memorized in the system to each speaker
except Subwoofer.
200
5.3
400
10.6
600
15.9
CHANGING
SETUP MENU
You can customize the sound to conform to the acoustics of
your room by adding a delay effect to the sound of the Center
Speaker and Surround Speaker. Initially it is set as "Oms (milliseconds)".
Setting up TEST
The test output signals come clockwise starting from the Front
Speaker(L). Adjust Channel Balance to match to the volume of
test signals memorized in the system.
FRONT(L)
CENTER
FRONT(R)
SUBWOOFER
SURROUND(R)
SURROUND(L)
CHANNEL BALANCE
Adjust the output level of a speaker by using test signals that
are memorized in the system. Initially it is set as "OdB".
Press RETURN button.
1.3
• Setting SURROUND SPEAKERS
If the distance of Df is equal to the distance of Ds in the
above, set the mode as Oms. Otherwise, change the setting
according to the table below.
(B) = Df - Ds
DELAY TIME
How to make the SETUP MENU disappear or
return to menu screen during set up.
50
100
N
O
T
E
• The subwoofer test output signal is lower than the other
speakers.
• The MPEG Multichannel logo is a trademark registered by
PHILIPS Corporation.
37
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:02 AM
Page 38
DVD
S etting
Up Display Options
1. Press the SETUP button in play or stop mode.
Use the UP/DOWN button to select DISPLAY
2. OPTIONS.
Then press the ENTER button.
the UP/DOWN button to select the desired
3. Use
item. Then press the ENTER button.
DISPLAY OPTIONS
1.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TV ASPECT
ANGLE MARK
STILL MODE
SCREEN MESSAGES
FRONT DISPLAY
BLACK LEVEL
QUASI-PAL
SCART OUT
4:3 LB
ON
AUTO
ON
AUTO
OFF
ON
VIDEO
TV ASPECT
Depending on the type of television you have, you may want
to adjust the screen setting (aspect ratio).
2.,3.
ANGLE MARK
Use to turn on or off the on-screen displays when the DVDs
play multiple angles of a particular scene.
STILL MODE
Prevents picture distortion in still mode and displays small
letters clearly.
SCREEN MESSAGES
Use to turn on-screen messages on or off.
FRONT DISPLAY
Adjust the brightness of the unit’s front panel display.
BLACK LEVEL
QUASI-PAL
SCART OUT
38
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:02 AM
Page 39
DVD
S etting Up Display Options (Cont d)
4.
Use the UP/DOWN button to select the desired
item. Then press the ENTER button.
TV ASPECT
1
4:3 LETTER BOX :
Select when you want to see the total 16:9 ratio screen DVD
supplies, even though you have a TV with a 4:3 ratio screen.
Black bars will appear at the top and bottom of the screen.
2
4:3 PAN-SCAN :
Select this for conventional size TVs when you want to see the
central portion of the 16:9 screen. (Extreme left and right side of
movie picture will be cut off.)
3
16:9 WIDE :
You can view the full 16:9 picture in your widescreen TV.
ANGLE MARK
1
2
ON : Displays ANGLE MARK in the upper right corner of
screen.
OFF : Doesn’t display it.
STILL MODE
1
2
4.
3
FIELD : Select this feature when the screen shakes in the
AUTO mode.
FRAME : Select this feature when you want to see small letters more clearly in the AUTO mode.
AUTO : When selecting AUTO, FIELD/FRAME mode will be
automatically converted.
SCREEN MESSAGES
Use this feature to turn the on-screen displays that appear in
screen on or off.
FRONT DISPLAY
1
2
3
BRIGHT : It makes the Front Panel Display bright.
DIM : It makes the Front Panel Display dim.
AUTO DIM : It makes the Front Panel Display dim automatically when playing a DVD.
BLACK LEVEL
QUASI-PAL
Depending on a disc, you can play a NTSC DVD disc by
QUASI-PAL mode.
SCART OUT
1
2
3
NOTE
CHANGING
SETUP MENU
Adjust the brightness of screen.
RGB : If "RGB" has been selected, RGB signal will emit from
the AV JACK(SCART terminal).
VIDEO : If "VIDEO" has been selected, COMPOSITE VIDEO
signal will emit from the AV JACK(SCART terminal).
S-VIDEO : If "S-VIDEO" has been selected, S-VIDEO signal
will emit from the AV JACK(SCART terminal).
• If you change the INPUT of TV from VIDEO mode to TV mode while the DVD player's power is on and the SCART OUT has been
selected to "RGB", TV screen might not appear in a normal mode. Then please watch TV with the DVD player turned off.
• When you playback 16:9 encoded DVD disc on a 4:3 TV when SCART OUT selection is "RGB" and TV ASPECT selection is "16:9
WIDE", TV screen might not appear in normal mode. Then please set the SCART OUT to "VIDEO" or change the TV ASPECT to
"4:3 LETTER BOX" or "4:3 PAN-SCAN".
39
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:02 AM
C ontrolling
Page 40
a TV with the Remote
The remote can also be set up to control most TVs. To program the remote, use the code that corresponds to
your brand.
TV Codes
1.
CODE
BRAND
0
SAMSUNG D
SAMSUNG F, LG A, LOEWE, PHILPS, FINLUX A,
YOKO, LOEWE OPTA A, MITSUBISHI A,
PHONOLA A, RADIOLA A,SCHNEIDER
SAMSUNG A
SAMSUNG B
SAMSUNG C
SAMSUNG E
TOSHIBA A
PANASONIC A
GRUNDIG A, BLAUPUNKT, SIEMENS
SHARP A
HITACHI A
SANYO A, AKAI, FISHER
HITACH B, SABA A, THOMSON A, NORDMENDE A
THOMSON B, SABA B, TELEFUNKEN A, NORDMENDE B
BRANDT, FERGUSON, PIONEER A, TELEAVIA, HITACH C
SONY A
TOSHIBA B, SANYO B, SHARP B, SONY B, MITSUBISHI B
TOSHIBA C, GRUNDIG B, FINLUX B
TOSHIBA D
TOSHIBA E
PHILIPS A, PHONOLA B, RADIOLA B
TOSHIBA F, GRUNDIG C, CGE, IMPERIAL, MIVAR
SABA C, BANG&OLUFSEN, LOEWE OPTA B, BRIONVEGA
FINLUX C, FORMENTI, PHILIPS B, SINGER, SINUDYNE
METZ, WEGA, PHONOLA C, RADIOMARELLI
NOKIA, PANASONIC B, SABA D, PIONEER B
REX, SELECO, SALORA
HITACHI D, NORDMENDE C, PANASONIC C,THOMSON C
SABA E, TELEFUNKEN B, CONTINENTAL EDISON
PANASONIC D
PANASONIC E
PANASONIC F
TELEFUNKEN C
MIVAL
LG B
SHARP C
JVC
1
3.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SETUP
DISPLAY
OPEN/CLOSE
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
DVD POWER
ANGLE
TOP MENU
MENU
RETURN
REV SEARCH
REPEAT
FWD SEARCH
BACK SKIP
1.
2.
3.
Turn on the TV.
Point the DVD’s remote at the TV.
While holding the TV POWER button down,
enter the code for your brand.
e.g For Samsung D TVs
While holding down the TV button, enter 0.
40
PLAY/PAUSE
NEXT SKIP
STOP
STEP
CLEAR
MODE
A-B REPEAT
BOOKMARK
4.
If the TV turns off, setup is complete.
Enter other codes of the same brand if the first code does
not work.
5.
To operate the TV, use the “TV Function
Buttons” described on page 14.
NOTE
The remote may not be able to control every model TV of
the brands listed.
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:02 AM
Page 41
T roubleshooting
Guide
Proper functioning of your DVD player is mostly dependent on the discs you play. When some of the functioning indicated in the User’s Manual do not work properly, it is highly probable that the disc is responsible. We
strongly recommend you review the instruction book before you start using the player. For your convenience,
we have enlisted some tips to help solve problems you might encounter while using the DVD player.
However, if the same problem occurs repeatedly, please contact your nearest service center.
Problem
Action
I/B
No operations can be
performed with remote.
• Check the batteries in the remote. May need replacing.
• Operate the remote control at a distance of no more than 20 feet.
• Remove batteries and hold down one or more buttons for several minutes to drain the microprocessor inside the remote to reset it. Reinstall
batteries and try remote again.
P 14
Disc does not play.
• Ensure that the disc is installed with the label side facing up.
• Check the region number of the DVD.
• This player cannot play CD-ROMs, DVD-ROMs, CD-R, etc. Insert a
DVD, VIDEO-CD or CD.
P 7, 19, 20
5.1 channel sound is not
being reproduced.
• 5.1 channel sound is reproduced only when the following conditions
are met. : 1)The DVD player is connected with the proper amplifier
2)The disc is recorded with 5.1 channel sound.
• Check whether the disc being played has the “Dolby 5.1 ch” mark on
the outside.
• Check if your audio system is connected and working properly.
P 7, 16, 18,
36, 37
The
icon appears on
screen.
• The features or action cannot be completed at this time because:
1) The DVD’s software restricts it.
2) The DVD’s software doesn’t support the feature (e.g., angles).
3) The feature is not available at the moment.
4) You’ve requested a title or chapter number or search time that is out
of range.
P 14,
P 23 ~ 31
Disc Menu doesn’t appear.
• Check if the disc has a Menu.
P 27 ~ 28
Playback mode differs from
the Setup Menu selection.
• Some of the functions selected in the Setup Menu may not work properly if the disc is not encoded with the corresponding function.
P 32 ~ 39
The screen ratio cannot
be changed.
• The Screen Ratio is fixed on your DVDs.
No audio
• Make sure you have selected the correct Dolby Digital Out/MPEG-2
Digital Out in the Audio Options Menu.
P 37
Forgot parental level
• With the power on, press and hold the STOP and PLAY/PAUSE button
on the player. This resets the password feature and all other settings
to the initial factory settings. You may be required to select a menu
language.
P 35
If you experience other
problems.
• Go to the contents and find the section of the instruction book that
contains the explanations regarding the current problem, and follow
the procedure once again.
• If the problem still cannot be solved, please contact your nearest
authorized service center or call 1-800-SAMSUNG.
P 38, 39
REFERENCE
41
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:02 AM
Page 42
S pecifications
General
DVD-909
Power Requirements
AC 110 ~ 240V, 50/60Hz
Power Consumption
19 W
Weight
3.4 kg
Dimensions
Operating Temperature Range
Operating Humidity Range
DVD
(DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC)
W 430 mm x D 280 mm x H 89 mm
+5°C to +35°C
10% to 75%
Reading Speed : 3.49 m/sec.
Approx. Play Time (Single Sided, Single Layer Disc) : 135 min.
CD : 12 cm
(COMPACT DISC)
Reading Speed : 1.2 to 1.4 m/sec.
CD : 8 cm
(COMPACT DISC)
Reading Speed : 1.2 to 1.4 m/sec.
Disc
VCD : 12 cm
Maximum Play Time : 74 min.
Maximum Play Time : 20 min.
Reading Speed : 1.2 to 1.4 m/sec.
Maximum Play Time : 74 min. (Video + Audio)
R(Red) : 0.714 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
G(Green) : 0.714 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
SCART JACK
Video
Output
B(Blue) : 0.714 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Composite Video : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Luminance Signal : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Color Signal : 0.286 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Composite Video
S-VIDEO
SCART JACK
RCA-JACK
2 Channel : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Luminance Signal : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Color Signal : 0.286 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
2 Channel : L(1/L), R(2/R)
5.1 Channel : F/L, L/R, R/L, R/R, C/T, S/W
2 Channel : L(1/L), R(2/R)
Output Level
Analog : 2 Vrms (1 kHz)
Digital : 1.15 Vp-p
Audio
Output
*Frequency Response
48 kHz Sampling : 4 Hz to 22 kHz
96 kHz Sampling : 4 Hz to 44 kHz
*S/N Ratio
110 dB
*Dynamic Range
96 dB
*Total Harmonic Distortion
0.003 %
*: Nominal specification
42
DVD-YURO909/709
11/4/95 10:02 AM
Page 43
S pecifications
General
DVD-709
Power Requirements
AC 110 ~ 240V, 50/60Hz
Power Consumption
17 W
Weight
3.4 kg
Dimensions
Operating Temperature Range
Operating Humidity Range
W 430 mm x D 280 mm x H 89 mm
+5°C to +35°C
10% to 75%
Reading Speed : 3.49 m/sec
DVD
(DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC)
Approx. Play Time
(Single Sided, Single Layer Disc) : 135 min.
Disc
CD : 12 cm
(COMPACT DISC)
Reading Speed : 1.2 to 1.4 m/sec.
CD : 8 cm
(COMPACT DISC)
Reading Speed : 1.2 to 1.4 m/sec.
VCD : 12 cm
Maximum Play Time : 74 min.
Maximum Play Time : 20 min.
Reading Speed : 1.2 to 1.4 m/sec.
Maximum Play Time : 74 min. (Video + Audio)
R(Red) : 0.714 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
G(Green) : 0.714 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
SCART JACK
Video
Output
B(Blue) : 0.714 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Composite Video : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Luminance Signal : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Color Signal : 0.286 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Composite Video
S-VIDEO
1 Channel : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Luminance Signal : 1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
Color Signal : 0.286 Vp-p (75 Ω load)
SCART JACK
2 Channel : L(1/L), R(2/R)
RCA-JACK
2 Channel : L(1/L), R(2/R)
Analog : 2 Vrms (1 kHz)
Output Level
REFERENCE
Audio
Output
Digital : 0.50 Vp-p
48 kHz Sampling : 4 Hz to 22 kHz
*Frequency Response
96 kHz Sampling : 4 Hz to 44 kHz
*S/N Ratio
110 dB
*Dynamic Range
96 dB
*Total Harmonic Distortion
0.003 %
*: Nominal specification
43